Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Tesot^ent GiMiMoD
HARPE R AN D WE DN E R
I
: .-f.^
LOS ANGELES
AN INTRODUCTOKY
BY
\ AND
NEW YORK:
CHARLES SCRIBNER'S SONS.
1889.
TO
2E]^i0 IJoIume
IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.
pA
H^3
PREFACE
To are neces-
acquire a knowledge of a language three things
sary :
1st, A working vocabulary of the language 2d, A knowl- ;
41,'J554
vi PREFACE.
adapted to him who has studied classical Greek, and to him who
has not. It is the best method for one who wishes to review
his knowledge of the Greek Testament, and to lay the founda-
tion for a more thorough study.
It not supposed that the claims of this method will be
is
accepted until its merits have been tested in the class-room and
by the student but the following outline of the plan of work
;
second, the " Manual " and, third, the " Elements of New
;
PREFATORY NOTE.
In the preparation of this "Method," the authors would ex-
press their great indebtedness to the classical Greek Grammars
of Hadley, Goodwin, and Jelf, and to th(! New Testament Greek
Grammars of
Winer, Euttmami, T. S. Green, and S. G. Green.
Rrudcr's "Concordantiae " and Thayer's "
Greek-Engli.sh Lexi-
"
con of the New Testament have also been constantly used.
SUGGESTIONS TO TEACHERS.
1. Use twenty minutes of every hour in explaining to the class the new
]ioiiits of tin; advance-lesson ami in no case ask a class to jireparo a lesson
;
Knijlish translation his eye, he can repeat or write the ori|^inal with
hi'fore
accuracy and without hesitation and with every advance-lesson review the
;
PART I.
Suggestions to Teachers x
1. Lesson I. John i. 1, 2 21
John i. 3, 4 26
John i. 5, 6 31
John i. 7, 8 35
John i. 9-11 39
John i. 12, 13 42
John i. 14, 15a 46
John i. 15&-17 50
John i. 18, 19 53
Review 57
Xll TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PART II.
PART III.
Part I. - Orthography.
in. Adjectives.
IV. Pronouns. „
Page
§57. The Personal Pronouns 431
58. The Intensive Pronoun 432
59. The Reflexive Pronouns 432
60. The Reciprocal Pronoun . 433
61. The Possessive Pkonouns 433
62. The Article 433
63. The Demonstrative Pronouns 431
64. The Relative Pronouns 434
65. The Interrogative Pronouns . 135
66. The Indefinite Pronouns 135
67. The Distributive Pronouns 436
68. The Correlation of Pronouns ........ 437
V. The Verb.
69. The Voices 438
70. The Moods 438
71. The Tenses 439
72. General View of the Tenses 440
73. Inflection, the Root, and the Vepb-Stem . . . 441
74. The Augment 442
75. The Reduplication 444
76. The Tense-Systems 445
77. The Tense-Stem 447
78. General View of the Present Stem 447
79. First Class of Verbs 448
80. Second Class of Verbs 448
81. Third Class of Verbs 448
82. Fourth Class of Verbs 449
83. Fifth Class of Verbs 450
84. Sixth Class of Verbs 450
85. Seventh Class of Verbs 450
TABLE OF CONTENTS. xvii
Page
§86. Eighth Class of Verbs 451
87. Ninth Class of Verbs 451
88. Tenth Class of Verbs 451
89. The Future Stem 452
90. The First Aorist Stem 452
91. The Second Aorist Stem 453
92. The First Perfect Stem 453
93. The Second Perfect Stem 454
94. The Perfect Middle Stem 454
9.j. The First Passive Stem 455
9*5. The Second Passive Stem 455
97. The Mood Suffixes 456
98. Personal Endings of the Indicative, Subjunctivk,
AND Optative 4.'j7
flection lf;3
flection 463
109. The Synopsis and Inflection of the Perfect li=5
VI. Prepositions.
VII. Adverbs.
Page
5
135. fokmation of adjectives and adverbs .... 514
136. Formation of Verbs 515
137. Compounds 515
138. First Part of a Compound Word 516
139. Last Part of a Compound Word 517
UU. Meaning of Compound Words 517
111. Synthetic Compounds 518
142. Foreign Words Greek Testament
in 518
143. New Testament Proper Names 519
NEW TESTAMENT GREEK
BY AN
(NDUCTIYE METHOD.
LESSON I.
John i. 1, 2.
NotE. — In studying the text and notes, tlie pupil will observe the
following suggestions :
—
(1) Take up the words one at a time, and notice the form of each
letter, the marks of accent, the transliteration given below it, the num-
ber of syllaljles, and the translation. After reading carefully what is
said about it in the Notes,
copy it on jjaper two or three times, each time
pronouncing it aloud ;
write it from memory two or three times, compar-
ing the result with the printed form pronounce it (always aloud) until
;
1. TEXT.
' '^
1 'ri
TjV 6 \6-yo<;, KoX 6 Xo-yo?
En ar-che en ho lo-gos, kai ho lo-gos
In bef/inning was the Word, and the Word
y]V Trpo<;
TOV de-6v, /cat ^e-o? r^v 6 Xo-yo?.
en pros ton the-on, kai the-os en ho lo-gos
was with the God, and God was the Word.
2. NOTES.
after a long vowel, this iota is written under the vowel and
called iota subscript ;
in such a case it is not pronounced ; (d) the
"
mark ( ) over fj
is called the circumflex accent, and indicates
the syllable to be accented ; (e) note the smooth breathing over
the initial vowel.
3. yv, he was :
(a) imperf. 3 pers. sing, of the irregular verb
(l-fiL (ei-mi) I am ; (h) y has the smooth breathing and the cir-
cumflex accent (see above).
LESSON I. 23
'
4. o, the : (a) o =
) placed over the
o in obey ; {h) the mark (
the lirst
syllable, or penult, is the acute accent (e) the ending ;
9. Oiov, God :
(a) 6
= th in thin ; (b) -v marks the ace. sing. ;
(c) -ov,the termination of the ace. sing. (d) Oct' not ^tov, be- ; .',
article, and isthe predicate of the sentence; (e) 6(o<;, not Otnt:,
why ?
termination of nom. sing. nia.sc., cf. Aoyos, 6'eos ; (e) outos is a de-
monstrative j»ronoun.
any mark of
'
/. r, so closely connected in sen.ie as not to require |iunc-
tuatiuii.
24 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Five vowels ; c, o, always short, q, always long, a, i, doubtful,
'/. e. short in some words, long in others.
2. Three diphthongs :
ai, ov, rj.
3. Ten consonants :
y, 6, k, X, v, tt, p, ?, t, x-
*
4. There are two breathings, the smooth ( ) (not pronounced),
and the rough (' ) (= English h).
5. Every initial vowel of a word has a breathing.
6. A Greek word has as many syllables as it has separate
vowels or diphthongs.
7. In dividing a word into syllables, a single consonant is
penult.
9. There are three accents, — the acute ('), the grave ('),
'
and the circumflex ( ).
10. The marks of accent stand over the vowel of the accented
syllable.
11. The grave accent can stand only on the last syllable, and
takes the place of the acute on a word followed closely by another
word in the same sentence (koi for kui, npog for tt/jos, 6eo<; for
14. -09 is the termination of the nom. sing, masc of the second
declension, -ov ace. sing.
LESSON I. 25
4. VOCABULARY.
3. ciyj-i",
I am. 10. oStos, M/^s (uom. niasc).
4. €»', iw. 11. 6 Aoyos ovTo<i, this word.
4. rjv,
he was 12. oStos o Aoyos, ^Aiif word.
5. u 0e6^, the God. 13. tt/jo?, ^f'/Y/t.
5. EXERCISES.
''/'XW ^*' ^ ^€o9. 4. Kat o Aoyos ^v Oeu<;. 5. 'Ev ap^^ V^ " Aoyos
OUTOS. 6. llpuS TOl' d/'coi'
^i'.
Word was G<jd. 3. This was the Word. 4. He was with God.
5. God was in [th«] beginning.
LESSON II.
John i. 3, 4.
1. TEXT.
^
TTOLVTa hi av-Tov i-ye-ve-To, koI ^co-pi?
di' au-tou e-ge-ne-to cho-ris
All -{things') through him became, and without
au-0pio-TT(t)v.
an-thro-pon.
(^of)-men.
2. NOTES.
1. TTavra, all-things :
(a) -u marks nom. plur. neut.
2. Si', through (a) (b) : for Sia ;
-a is cut off because next
*
word begins with a vowel, and an apostrophe ( ) marks tlie
word) is
yfv-; (b) e-
prefixed is the sign of j):ist time; (<) -to,
LESSOX II. 27
pers. ending of 3 pors. sing. ; (d) the verb is in the sing., because
in Greek a neuter plural regularly takes a singular verb.
5.
x<i>pU, without : (a) u)
= n in prone, always long
(b) ; origi-
nally an adverb, but here used as a prep. ; (c) why grave accent ?
6. ov^€, not: (a) negative conj., compounded of ov, not and
0€, but ; not ovSe, why
(b) ovSe, (c) breathing on second vowel
'.'
of diphthong.
7. cv, one-thing: (a) the numeral adjective, one, nom. neut. ;
{b) the accent always follows the breathing, except in the case of
the circumflex, which is written over the accent {Ijv, oSto?) ;
{c) h', not fi-; why? ((/) cts, one (masc ), /xm, one (fern.), Iv, one
(neut.).
8. o, which: (a) the relative pron., nom. sing. neut.
9. ye'yovfi', it-hath-been-made :
(a) the root is ycv-, cf.
iyivero
(4) ; {b) ye- is the
sign of completed action (c) ycyov- is the ;
-yov, (e) the -£- the pers. ending of 3 pers. sing.; (/)
of-ev is -v
why ?
12. rj,
the: (a) the article, nom. fern, sing.; (b) the form of
the article mark.s the gender, // tui,}, the the be-
life (fern.), ») npx<),
ginning (fem.), !, Aoyos, the word (masc).
13. TO, the: (a) the article, nom. sing. neut. ; (/<) not rd, but
TO, why ?
14. - ph in
light: (a) <f>
f^i»9, grajjliic (b) o) is long by na- ;
ture the circumflfx accent can stiind only over a vowel long
; (c)
3 OBSERVATIONS.
9.-rj
nom. sing, fem., -y dat. sing. fern,
indicates of A or
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 1. 1. The Alphabet. 5. § 69. 1, 2. The Voices.
2. § 4. 1, 2. Breathings. 6. § 70. 1, 2.The Moods.
3. § 14. 1-3. Division of Syl- 7. § 71. 1. The Tenses.
lables. 8. § 72. 1-6. General View of
4. § 16. 1-6. The Accents. the Tenses.
5. VOCABULARY A.
6 VOCABULARY B
2 Perfect Act.
7 EXERCISES
3. 'O \dyos ^(o^ r)v. 4. 'O dvOpiovos ^t' avTuv eyeVcTO. 5. Ei' avrw
Ktti 8i avTOv ^(Drf rjv. 6. AwtoV, auT?;v, auTO. 7. Xwpis twv avOpw-
TTwv. 8. "Av^ptOTTos iyfv6p.riv, dvOpwTTos yeyovev. 9. Kai ;^<i)pis uutov
were made through him. 3. The Word was life, Apart from 4.
him not one thing was made. 5 That-which hath been made
was life through him. 6. The man, of the men through him, ;
8. -OS, -ov, -u), -ov, -o)v, -tt. 9. Three forms of the article. 10. Differ-
ence between 6 and o. 11. -v movable. 12. The root. 13. The
<
LE-SSOX III. 31
LESSON III.
John i. 5, 6.
1 TEXT
^
Kat TO (f)(x)<;
iu rrj (tkotlo. (fyaCvei, /cat rj
"
aKoria avTo ov Ka-re-Xa-fSev. 'Eyeuero dvOpconos
darkness it not apprehended. There-ivas a man
2. NOTES.
1. rfj,
in the :
(a) iota subscript marks dat. sing. ;
(h) >/
indi-
hut o-KOTitt ; (b) iota subs., sign of dat. sing. (I. n. 2) ; (c) a (or t/)
'
III .some OiTmfin editions of the N. T. mid of the fSreck clnssics, <j at t)ir>
(d) -e
-t(i')
iu
pers. end. of 3 pers. sing. ; (e) in compound
is
the augment, the sign of past time (§ 74, 1) ; {g) it takes the
place of the final a of Kara, wliich is dropi>ed ; (Ji) KareAa^S- is the
stem of 2 aor.
7. uTretrraA/AcVo?, having been sent: (a) -/xevos, ending of part,
mid. and pass. ; Qi) compounded of prep. dTrd and o-tuA-, the stem
of the perfect ; {e) the present stem is crreAA- ; (d) the prefix t
and therefore not the
in (iTreo-raA- is not tlie sign of past time,
augment, but the sign of com})leted action, and takes this form
because the root begins with two consonants (e) the final o of ;
ttTTo
dropped before prefix e, cf .
KarcAa^ev (6) ; {f) the form is the
perf. pass. part. ; {g) -os in -fi€vo<; like -os in Aoyos, ^eo?, ovto';.
8. irufju, from beside :
(a) here governing the gen. and used
with persons only.
9. Oeov, (of) God : (a) -ov is the sign of the gen. sing, of the
or Second declension.
10. ovofxa, name : (a) to ovoixa, the name (b) acute accent on ;
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The letter s (sigma) at the end of a word has the form s,
long, take the accent over the first vowel, cf. ap)(^, airw.
3. The iota
subscrijyt is not pronounced, and it marks the dat.
sing., cf. o-p)(rj, avTw, ttj, (TKOTia.
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 12, 1, 2. The Consonants. 5. § 27, 1, 2. Three Declen-
o
«^. a-c. Inflection. sions.
§ 23, 3,
5. VOCABULARY A
1. 'Iwai'i/s, -ov, o, John. 6. Trapa, with gcn., from (in-
2. Xa/xfiavi)),I take, receive. dicates source).
3. KUTa-Xa/x^ai'fjj, T grasp, n,p- 1. (TKOTia, -ds, 7/,
darkness.
6 VOCABULARY B.
Second Aorist.
Ind. Active.
LESSON IV. 35
LESSON IV. ^
John i. 7, 8.
1. TEXT.
Ovros
'
2. NOTES.
1. he came : {a) from Ipyniiai, I come, 2 aor. ^A^oi', I
rjkOiv,
came {b) inflected like tKa(iw, the 2 aor. of Xa/x/Suvoj (see Til.
;
proclitic.
3. fiaprvfiidv, ivitness, testimony :
(a) v
= y, like u in p?<ll ;
(h) -av denotes ace. sing, of the A or First declension ; (c) u does
not changt' into >/, because it is preceded by i (§ 29, 4).
4. ij/tt, that :
(a) a fniHl (-onjunction indicating purpose,
and
followed by the subjunctive.
5. f».ai>TVf)rj(Tr],
hf wi(/hf loifness :
(a.) sfcm imprvpt-', (h) n- \9.
8. (})(oToi, (of) light : (a) from c^ois, gen. sing. </)ojtos (b) of ;
piug -OS of gen. sing. (c) a few neuter stems in t, like </»wt-,
;
10. TTto-Teucrojo-u', they might believe : (a) stem ttio-tcu- ; (b) ct'
is sign of 1 aor. stem (c) -wcri sign of subj. 3 pers. plur. ; (d) -v
3. OBSERVATIONS.
oi; before a
1. consonant, but ovk before a vowel.
2. All nouns whose stems end in a or ?; belong to the A or
First declension :
rrKort-a, jxaprvpL-a dpx-iQ, C^rj-
All nouns whose stems end in o belong to the
3. or Second
declension Xoyo-?, ^to-s, ai/^/joj7ro-s.
:
tlie indicative.
8. ->;
is the sign of the subj. o pers. sing., -wcrt of 3 pers. plur.
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
5. VOCABULARY A.
2. CIS, for, into, unto. lO. ttus, Trao-a, TTuv, all, every
3. iKilvo%, that one {yoxi^Qv). (sing,).
4. tf)-)(pixai,
I come. 11. Trutres, ira.(rai, vavTa, all
VOCABULARY B
1. orTus o uyOfwyiros, this iiiau. 5. ryA^tr, he Came (2 aor.).
2. UVT7/ 7/ fjaprvpia, this tesii- G. fiapTvp^iro),
T niitjht Witness
(near). 0. yivuHTKO),
1 know.
4i.'ir>5'i
38 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
1 AOR. SUBJ.
6 EXERCISES.
things were made through God. 3. Not one (thing) was made
without him. 4. He was the life of men. 5. The darkness
apprehended not the light. 6. John came that he might bear
witness concerning the light, and that all might believe.
LESSON V.
John i. 9-11.
1 TEXT.
*
Hv TO (ftax; to akrjOivov o ^cori^ei iravTa
He-was the Unlit the true which lighteth every
^^
avOpwTTOv ip^oji^vov els Tov Kocrixov. iv tw
man comin;/ into the world. In the
2. NOTES
1. aXrjOivov, true :
(a) -ov is the nom. sing. neut. ending of
4. TTi'ivTii, every :
('/) stem ttui't-, but nom. sing, ttus (for 7rai'T9,
$; 39, 1, /'
;
also § 13, •'), fl), vua-a, TTui' ; (f>) ace. sing. masc. ttuvth ;
('') cf. iriivTn (11. N. 1). ('/) TTas in sing, without flic urt. often
means every.
40 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
part. mid. and pass. (o) nom. sing. neut. agreeing with </)a(s,^
; cf.
3 OBSERVATIONS.
1. Adjectives are inflected as substantives, and are mainly of
^\6-((v), irapiXafi-ov.
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 9, 2 a, b. Elision.
2. § 10, 1, 2. Movable Consonants.
3. § 18, 4. Accent as affected by Elision.
4. § 19, 1. The Proclitics.
5. § 29, 4. Inflection of o-kotio.
6. § 34, o. InHection of uf^'/jwTros.
7. § 62, 1. Inflection of the Article.
8. § 98, 1, 2. Personal endings of the Ind.
9. § 99, 1-3. Use of the Endings.
5. VOCABULARY A.
VOCABULARY B.
TO
^^''^ ^''^<^
X . /I V - \ light (attributive position).
TO
6. EXERCISES
1. J raiislate : 1. Wv to aXqOiviiv </)o»s. 2. \\v to (/(uj? ipvofitvov
lis Toi' Koirfj.ov. '). WdvTa uvOixottov rfjuni^ii.. 4. 'Kr toI koo"/jI<i»
oi'k
r)V.
O. IlafTu Oi avTov f.yivcrti. (). 'I']i'
opXTZ " x'xff'os fyeVtTo.
7. Oi irtiot ttUTfV Trnf)(\afi(n'. 8. Tor 0o*tos, tw Knir/io), toi' Kotrfiop,
iravra uvufiiirrrov, rwv avOpiDirtDi', tj) ctkhtui. \). ViyMiTt«i>, lyi'to
•
t/iYfr
•
fiai, T)\d€v, if))^ofxivo<; KaTiX.n/ic(i'), 7ra/)c'A(x/ioi', iXafim'.
42 INTRODUCTORY X. T. GREEK METHOD.
2. Translate :
(a) Orally from the literal translation into Greek:
1. Vv. 1-3. 2. Vv. 4, 5. 3. Vv. 6-8. 4. Vv. 9, 10. 5. V. 11.
2. The true light lighteth every
{b) 1. The light
is true.
man. 3. The light came unto his own. 4. 1 do not know him.
5. He knew him and received him. 6. In the beginning the
aor. ind. mid. and pass. 15. Inflection of ti/a?/, crKortd, avdpwn-o'i.
LESSON VI.
1. TEXT.
2. NOTES.
1. 00-01, as-m.any-as :
(a) -01 marks nom. plur. masc. of adjec-
tives of 1 and 2 declensions (§ 44, 1) ; (b) a derivative rel. pron.
of number (§ 64. 2).
2. Sc, but ;
(a) an adversative conj., much weaker than d\Xa
(IV. N, 13), often rendered by and
always ; {b) postpositive, i.e.
root So-, give ; (c) -v movable; (</) -k- marks an irregular 1 aor.
4. avToi?, to them: {a) -ots marks dat. plur.; {h) flic pers.
5. i^ovaiau, i)ower :
(p) -av, ace. sing, of First declension ;
2, b) ('•)
root TTio-Ttr- ; {d
;
pres. part. Trio-Tet'-tov, -ovcra, -ov
)
(? 38. 1) ; (c) nom. sing, aifta, final t 'if the stem being dropped
(§ 39, 1, a).
12. (WKr'jiJMToi;, of will: (a) -09, sign of gen. sing, of Third
declension; (/v) stem OfXrjfjMT- \ {r) nom. sing. 6i\r]na\ (d) note
the change of accent.
13. <T«pK<js, of-Jtesh :
sign of gen. sing, of Third de-
(a) -os,
clension ; (b) stem rrap«-; (c) the nom. sing. (a-dp$) is formed by
;ulding o- to the stem (^ 39, 1, b) (d) <TapK<; = crdp^ (§ 13, 4). ;
14. i'iM?)i><)s, of-miin : (n) -o<;, sign of gen. sing, of 'I'hird fh-cl. ;
(//) stctn I'lytf)-, :ind irregular in its dt-rjlension (§ 40, 3, 7wte ; also
§ 13, 10).
15. ir/(vvr}Orj(Tav, tJu'Jj-^imredtetjntten :
(r/) roitt
yci/va-, bc^Pt ;
(/>) e-, augment, sign of jiast tense ; (c) Srj- is the sign »if 1 aor.
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Most words ending in crt annex v when the next word be-
TTtaTCv-ovrtri ( f) •
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 1. Names and characters of first twelve Greek letters.
2. § 6, 1, 2. Lengthening of Vowels.
5. § 21. Punctuation.
6. § 28. 1-3. Accent of Nouns.
7. § 29, 1-4. Declension of Fcminines of First Declension,
8. § 34, 4. Neuters of Second Declension.
9. § 38, 1, 2. Tbird Declension.
10. § 104. The Inflection of Present Indicative Active.
LESSON VI. 46
5. VOCABULARY.
1 .
alfiu, a'/AaT-osj to, blood. 7. $iX.i]fia, 6(Xr)^aT-o<:, to, will.
2. avi'jp, di'Sp-os, 6,
ma7i. 8. oo-os, -rj, -ov, as many as.
3.
yOTfiw, -u), I beget. 9. Trio-Tcvtov, -ovaa, -or, believ-
4. 8£, ^>«^, moreover. ing.
5. SiSuifjiif
I give. 10. adp$, aapKo^, ij,^fles?i.
6. e^ovcrid, -ds, rj, power. 11. tckvoi', -ou, to, child.
6 EXERCISES.
€^ dvSpo?, eic
^'eXr/zAaTos, ck o^apKo:, e/c ^cov. 8. rtVo/xai, ytVeo-^ai
•
cyeVfTO, yertcrOai.
2. Tran.slato : 1. Thoy were begotten of God. 2. They were
begotten of (tlie) will of (the) flesh, and of (the) will of man.
3. He gave to him power to become a ehild of God. 4. In (the)
beginning was the tnith. 5. He came into the world, and the
world wa.s made through him, but the worhl received hiui not.
0. I believe on lii.s name and know him. 7. The true light,
coming into the world, ligliteth every man.
iud. act. 14. yivca-Out and ytvtaOui. 15. -uvtrtv for -oyru-iv.
46 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
LESSON VII.
1. TEXT
2 NOTES.
(c) -ae sign of 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. (d) c-, augment (e) root ; ;
7.
Tr\i]py)^, full
:
(«)- >/?, -•>;?, -e?, ending of adjectives of Third
declension, cf.
//.ovoyevv^s.
8. ;;^dptTo?, of-rjrace :
(a) -05, gen. sing, of Third declension ;
9. a\'qO(.iuL<;, of-truth :
(a) -ds, gen. sing, of First declension
(§ 29, 3, /') ; (I')
nom. sing. aXyOcLu.
10. 'IwciKj;?, John :
(a) -i;?,
masc. ending of First declension
(§ 29,2; §30,1).
11. fxaprvpei, ke-bears-witness :
(a) -d, contraction for -t'-tt, with
circumflex accent, of. -cos, -ovs in fiovoyevov^ (b) stem fiaprvpi-, a
;
pure verb (§ 73, 4) ; (c) -ti in -e'ei is sign of 3 pers. sing. ind.
3. OBSERVATIONS
1. Two successive vowels, or a vowel and diphthong, are often
contracted.
2. € followed b}--
o contracts into ov ;
followed by u, into u.
3. A contracted ultimate takes the circumflex accent if the
sion.
8. The paradigms of the Third declension are arranged accord
ing to the stem-ending.
9. Some f»f these stems end in lingual mutes (t, 8, 0), as x«/"?>
ovop.a, dvo^ar-o?.
48 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
13, 10).
dv/jp, (rlvcpo?) flv(S)p-os (§
11. Adjectives are of three classes (§ 43).
12. Adjectives of two endings, as -t/s, -es,
are of the Third de-
clension, as fjLovoyevrj'i, Tr\y)pr]<; (§ 46).
13. In forming the 1 aor. stem, in vowel stems a short vowel
is generally lengthened :
o-ktjvo-,
1 aor. act. i-aKrjvwa- ; 6ea-, 1 aor.
mid. i-6ea(r- (§ 90, 1) yeuva-, 1 aor. pass. iyevvr)6r]-.
;
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 1. The Letters of the Greek Alphabet.
2. § 7, 1. Contraction of Vowels.
3. § 11, 3. Syncope.
4. § 13, 10. Epenthesis.
5. § 18, 1, 2. Accent as affected by Contraction.
6. § 29, 3, I). Inflection of dX-^Oeia and So^a.
7. § 27, 2, b. Case-endings of the Third Declension.
8. § 39, 1, b. Formation of the Nom. Sing, of Masculines
and Feminines of the Third Declension.
9. § 57, 1. Inflection of auro?.
10. § 75, 1, 2. Reduplication.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. dXyjOeia, -us, >;,
truth. 8. Kpa^w, I cry aloud.
2. 8o^a, -T^s, I'l, glory. 9. Xiyui, I say.
3. eyw, /. 10. p.oi/oyevr/s, -cs, only-begottcn.
4. T^/Act?, ?^e.
11. TTttTT/p, Trarpos, 6, father.
5. ^/Atv, ifo ^iS. 12. 7rXr;p>7?, -^'i-.full.
6 EXERCISES.
Trarpo?, kui laKi'jvoiaev iv 'rjfuv, dXA* ol tSiot airov o^k I\u/3ov. 5. Hi'
2. Translate :
(«) from the literal translation orally into
Greek: I. Vv. 1-3. 2. Vv. 4, 5. 3. A^ 6 8. 4. Vv." 9, 10.
5. Vv. 11-13.
(b) 1.man came for a witness. 2. We beheld the ploi-y
This
of (iod. He was the only-]>egotten of the father, full of life
3.
and truth. 4. The word became man and dwelt in the world,
liut the world knew hiui not. 5. He came iii-order-that all might
-nv. 11.
Tarticiples -o/xci/o?, -v;, -ov. 15. Personal endings of
pres. ind. act. 10. Of 2 aor. iud. act. 1
60 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
LESSON VIII.
1. TEXT.
John i. 15fe-17. — outo? . . .
eyepero.
2. NOTES
1. tlirutv, having said: (a) -wv
the sign of a part. (b) the
is ;
accent marks it as 2
(c) with the art. the part, is
aor. part. ;
4. if)x^6fi€vo?, coming :
(a) -o^i^vo^, sign of pres. part. mid. and
pass.; (b) o
= he-who-comes (see uTzdiv above).
ipxofJLevo'i
5.
qiirpnrrOiv, before : (a) adv., used also as a pj'ep. with gen.,
as here (/>) has two accents, because, if a word which has the
;
10. avri, for, histead-of : (a) prep, always governing the gen.
11. vo/xos, law :
(a) -os marks the Second decl., c£. \6yos, Oeos,
clined in two ways (j 42, 3); (b) tla- gen. always ends in -cw5
(Third di'cl), as if from the nom. AlwucrcJ? (s 40, 0), which
never ocnirs (c) the nom. Mwv-o-r^s is written as a dissyllable
;
(h) root So-, (jive ; (c) -Br] marks the 1 aor. pass., 3 pers. sing.
3 OBSERVATIONS
1. The accent sometimes marks a special form, as the accent
on -I'ov in eiVwv, indicating 2 aor. j>art. act.
Idiodrj, iyevvi'iBTjaav.
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 8. Diaeresis.
2. § 20, 1. Enclitics.
3. § 20, 2. Accent of Words before Enclitics.
4. § 27, 2, a. Case-endings of Second Declension.
5. § 35, 1. Terminations of Second Declension.
6. § 39, 1. Formation of Cases of Third Declension.
7. § 71, 1. The Tenses.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. eLTTov, I said, 6. vofio^, b, law.
2. e'nni'iv, having said. 7. ottiotw, after.
3. ifiTrpoa-Oev, before. 8. oTi, for, because.
4. /xoi), my. 9. TrXrypw/xa, -to?, to, fullness.
6. EXERCISES.
we received.
LESSON IX.
1. TEXT
John i. 18, 19.
2 NOTES
1. ou8ci9, no-one: (o) frum uvdi and cis ; (h) tlie numeral tU \?
inliectfd (ij 54, i), whence we have nom. sing. oilScis, ou8€/w,ia,
iwpiiKiv,
vowel
(h) t- is wiA tlif augment, but the reduplication bcforr tlif
3. i^yi](raTo, he-declared :
{a) compounded of Ik (before a
vowel r)yeonai, a deponent mid. verb; {b) -a- marks 1
€0 and
aor. (c)
;
-craro marks 3 pers. sing, of 1 aor. ind. mid. (§ 108, 1) ;
lows the preposition and takes tlie place of its final vowel ;
{b) a masc. noun, nom. sing, ending in -t^s, gen. -ov (§ 30, 1).
LESSOX IX. 55
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The acute accent sometimes marks a special word, as n?,
tlie intfrrogative pronoun.
2. Final oi has the effect of a short vowel on the accent of the
penult, as in 'louSaioi.
3. The mark of interrogation in Greek is the same as the
English semicolon.
4. Some masculines of the first declension end in -t;?, gen. rov,
as 'Iwai/T^?, AtfciTjys.
5. The nom. plur. neut. of nouns of the second declension ends
in -a.
N. T. (^ 42, :-;).
8. .n' is tlic
pers. pron. of the second person.
9. The stem which is the basis of the ])resent (frrtAA-) is often
not the same as the stem which appears in some of tlic otln r
as (ZTTfMrTtAAfi).
11. 'I'licre are two kinds of aiigiiirnt, tlic syllaliic and (he
temporal.
66 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
awo'i(i'), eptoTJ^crwo"i(i').
4 GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 31, 1. Terminations of the First Declension.
2. § 57, 1. Inflection of iyw and crv.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. el/xi, I am. 8. koXttos, -ov, 6, bosom.
2. that one, he.
cKcivos, 9. 6paw, -oi, / see.
6 EXERCISES.
1. Translate : 1. Tov dvOpwirov oi'oets iwpaKcv. 2. 'O Xpia-ro';
p.oioya'7]<i 6eos iariv. 3. Ei's tov KoATrof tov Trarpos c/ceaos ^i'.
4. Avrr; eVrii' 5.
r/ fxaprvpta r/ dA?;^ii/»;. 'E^ 'Upoo-okv/xwv tovs tcpeis
Trpos avTov uiriaTuXar. 6. 'Eyw ovk d/xl o avOpiairos. 7. 2w rt's ei,
cru Iwui't;? £?; ovk fipi. 8. 'O ci o-v Ou»c
Trpo(f>i]Tr]<; ; Aeyct ci/Ai.
9. 'Ea-KT^vwa-tv, aTria-rtiXav
(6(u.(rdp.c0a, i$7]yi]aaTo iSuOr/, lyf.vvr]6rf
LESSON X. ^ REVIEW. 57
2. Translatf :
(a) orally into Greek from the literal trausla-
tion : 1. Vv. 1-3. 2. Vv. 4, 5. 3. Vv. 6-8. 4. Vv. 9, 10.
5. Vv. 11-13. Vv. 14, 15. 7. Vv. 16-18.
6.
(b) 1. He sent men from Jerusalem t4iat they might ask him,
Who art thou ? 2 He has seen the man. 3. The law was not
given through John. 4. This man this is the man ; this wit- ;
clitics. G. -Tfi, -ov, -wv. 7. -£1)5, -£ws, -CIS for -e'as. 8. Inflection
of eyw, (TV, and uutos. Inflection of the pres. ind. act.
9. 10. Of
the 1 aor. ind. act. 11. Of the 2 aor. ind. act. 12. Augment,
LESSON X. — REVIEW.
[This le.s.son i« a review of everything that has preceded it Nothing
is .stj
neccR-stiry in th(! aci|uisitiuii of m Innt/nnL'c as ronstatit and tlionnij^h
review. One should larry forward with iiini at least nine tenths of
what he has learned The jmtrt 'liui' ]<'sson8 contain in all ii}^lity-five
dilferent Greek words (.nniftinj^' tlie seven prf>per names), to^^cther with
a l.ir^c munltiT of vraniinatii al fuinis. Many of the most important
principles of thi' lan^Mia-^e have been considered. Oflnrs mif^ht liave
been hroughl foiwanl, Imt it has been deemed wi.ne to hold Ihfni in re-
serve. It is understood that the student will in no case jinK nl to take (
1. TEXT.
John i. 1-19.
Greek note and correct mistakes write the Greek text of each
; ;
text thus far studied under the following heads (1) noun-forms, :
classify separately (a) presents, (b) imperfects, (c) aorists, (d) per-
fects and again, (e) indicatives, (/) subjunctives, (;/) partici-
;
ples ;
as also (/?) actives, (i) middles, (/) passives.^
5. Go through the text and select those forms and phrases
which still remain unmastered. Read again the notes given
upon them. Do not leave them before these words have been
mastered.
2. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1
Tho tpfiohfr should aid the pii|iil in this work of classifyinf; his material.
Blank-books, proporlj' ruled, shonlil he used. It is of extreme importance
nants. declension.
10. §11,3. Syncope,
— Trarpd? 33. § 29, 3, 4. cTKOTia, «PXV' "^7"
for iTaT(.po<i. Ocia, Soia, fxapTvpLu..
11. § 12, 2. Classification of 34. § 30, 1. 'Ifuai'T;?.
pcnder. verb-stem.
GO INTIlODUCTOllY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
3. VOCABULARY.
[The pupil is expected to give the various forms which have occurred
of each of the words here given.]
Verbs.
yll/WCTKO).
10. Oedop^aL. 16. TTapa-Xa/xparw. 22. <f)aivw.
8i8ti)/xt.
11. yjyiop,ai. 17. Aeyo). 23. <fiU}Tlt,(ii.
Nouns.
1.
62 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
came into the world, and the world was made through him, hut
the world received him not. G. all received his witness, We
and we beheld the glory of the only-begotten Son of the Father.
7. The law was given tu them through Moses, but grace and life
came through Jesus Christ. 8. The Jews and the Levites did
not receive the witness of John, because they were born of the
will of the llesh.
LESSON XI.
1. TEXT.
John i. 20-22.
2. NOTES.
1. w/xoXoyrja-ev, he confessed : (a) from nfioXoyeut ; (b) w-
= tem-
poral augment, being lengthened into i» (§ 74, 6)
o (c) -a-, ;
sign of 1 aor. ; {d) -o-e, pers end. of 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. ind. act.
(§ 108); (e) -V movable (/) stem 6/xoAaye-, the c being length-
;
(i) rj-
= temporal augment, a being lengthened into ?; (§ 74, 6) ;
(c) -o-a-, sign of 1 aor. ; (d) -a-aro, pers. end. of 3 pers. sing. 1
aor. ind. mid. ('§ 108) ; (e) stem dpvc-, the e being lengthened
into ?;,
cf. wfioXoyrjaiv.
3. oTt (that) (a) in N. T. the conjunction on is often used
:
augment ; {c) -aav, pers. end. of 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur.
(§ 108) ; (d) stem tpwra-, a being lengthened to i/
in 1 aor.
etem.
5. Ti, what ? (a) interrogative pronoun, nom. sing. neut.
LESSON XL 63
6. uvv, then :
(a) conjunction, always postpositive.
7. 'HAeitt?, Elijah: {a) -'ii, inasc.
cniL of First declension.
8. Trpo'^T/TT/?, 2n'>JJ'ft''-t
'
(*) -V^ masc. end. of First declension
(§ 30, 1) ; (^) cf. ^lwdvr}<;, AcvetTT/e.
9. aireKpidyf, he-imsircred :
(a)compounded of airo and Kpivo-
ixai :
(b) £-, augment ; (c) -Or] marks the 1 aor. pass. 3 pers. sing.,
of. iSoOr/ (VIII. N. 13) ; (d) stem Kpii- and /cpi-.
10. ov, 110 :
{a) ov, a proclitic, takes the accent when used
absolutely.
11. dirav, theij-said: {a) -av, pers. end. of 3 pers. plur. 1 aor.
ind. act. (§ 108).
12. answer: («) stem anoKpiai-, ending in a close
(tTTOK/jtcru ,
give :
(d) 2 aor. subj. act. 1 pers. ))lur. (§ 120).
14. to thc-ones-hovinij'Sent :
(a) -v movable; (/>)
-on
TTc'/xi/'dcrii',
(§ 90, 1
; § 13, 4).
15. (TEttvTor, '>.f-fby-'<elf ; (a) -ov marks gen. sing, of second
3 OBSERVATIONS.
1. I'uforr <T, n becomes if/,
as irefxira-, TTt/Jif/-.
aaro, ?/pajT?/crav.
9. In cumijound verbs the augment follows the preposition,
aar(i)Kpi6r}, aiT(J.)(TTuXav, Trap{i^\.ajiov , KaT(e)Xa/3£i'.
10. In the Greek verb we distinguish ni7ie tense-systems, and
each teng>s3'stem has a separate stem, called a tense-stem.
11. The aorist ind. refers to 2>ast time, and indicates indefinite
action, he confessed, he denied, they asked, lie answered.
12. There are two aorists, the first and the second. The -second
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
5. VOCABULARY A.
6. VOCABULARY B.
eptord-ci), / ask. \
apveofiai, I deny.
ijpQ)Ti)-<ra, I asked. r[pvr\-u-6j^r\v, I denied
iipa)Ti]-<ras, iliou didst ask. ilpnj-<r«, thou deniedst.
T)p&)T-q-o-€, he asked. lipi^TJ-o-aTo, he denied.
dnoKpivofiai I answer.
d7r€Kpt-8T]v, / answered.
dTTiKpi-Otjs, thou didst answer.
antKpi~9y\, he answered.
antKpi'9r\yAv, we answered.
u7r€Kpi-9tjT€, ye answered.
dn(Kpi-9r\a-av, they answered.
7. EXERCISES.
TrfKKf)r)Trj<i. ,j.
Hponrja-d' avTui' Ti's et ; hat diriKpiOr] 'Eyti ct/Mi
4. AuTOts dTroKptcrtf SiSij)ixi. 5. Tt
Io)ruT;9. Aeyci? Trepi (tcuutoi);
0.
LyoJ Cl/ll TO <^(7)5 TOV Ki'xTflOV. 7. AvTW UTTUKplmv lOWKCV. 8. 'II
LESSON XII.
1. TEXT.
John i. 23-25.
2. NOTES
1. £0?;, he-was-saying : (a) c- = augment (b) -rj sign of imperf. ;
and 2 aor. ind. 3 pers. sing, of verbs in -rjijn (§ 120) (r) root ^a-, ;
pres. ind. act. (/»7jLtt ; (d) imperf. ind. 3 pers. sing. (§ 122. 9).
2 f3o<t)i/To<;, of-one-c7'i/)7);/ :
(a) -wv- is a contraction for -dov;
(b) fiodi't, I cry alovd, pres. part. (3odwv, gen. sing. masc. /Soaovros-,
contracted fiowvros (§ 48, 1 § 7, 1) (c) -ovtos is the ending of
; ;
ends in -p (c) 1 aor. stem cv&vv-, as liquid verbs reject n (§ 90, 2).
;
5. od'oi; ivaij :
(a) -v, sign of ace. sing, of Second decl. ; (6) the
article rr/v shows it is fern.
ind. dixi, I am, eJ, thou art, iari, he is ; (fj) imperf, iud. r]v, he
was, yaav, theij were (§ 122, 16); (/*) the i)erf. part. pass, with
the 3 pers. plur. of the iuiperf. of ci/xi is here used as a periphrase
of the pluperfect (cf. § 109, 5).
9. of-Pharisees : (a) -o)v marks gen. plur.
<tapt(Tat'oji', ; (b) nom.
siug. ^apicralos, a masc. noun of Second dt'cl.
10. Ti, ichy ? (a) ace. neut, of interrogative pronoun used with
the force of an adverb.
11. ^uTiTi^Eis, thou baptizest : (a) -ets, the sign of 2 pers. sing. ;
{b) pres. stem jSaTTTi^- (c) 2 pers. sing. pros. ind. act.
;
3 OBSERVATIONS.
1. a followed V)y o contracts into id, (SodovTos
- fii>u>vTo<;.
5.
Liquid verbs reject o- in the 1 aor., and lengthen the vowel
of the stem in compensation for it, as evOvr-are.
6. The mood-suffix is the
connecting vowel between the tense-
stem and the personal ending.
7. The niuod-suffix of the imperative in the 1 aor. act. is a, as
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 34, 1-4. Inflection of Nouns of Second Declension.
2. § 44, 3. Inflection of dTrto-TaA^ei'os, -rj, -ov.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. ySttTTTi'^w, I bajitize. 7. kuOws, according as.
2. /Sodo), -II),
I cr]j aloud. 8. Kupto?, -ov, 6, Lord.
3. £1, if. 9. 68ds, -ov, 7), way, road.
4. iprj/j.o';, -ov, r),
desert. 10. 4>aptcraros, -ov, 6, Pharisee.
5. ivOvvw, I make straight. 11. t^r^ixi,
I say.
6. 'Hcrat'a?, -ov, 6, Isaiah. 12. (/xov?/, -rjs, fj,
voice.
6. EXERCISES.
1. Translate: 1. "E(/)7/ 'Eyw cfywvr) ip)(OfjLevov eh tov Kocrfxoj:
2. Trjv 686v Kvpuiv uiSa. 3. ETttev ovv avrw Hcratas o 7rpo<^7/T7/s u.
av ; 4. Kat w/J,oA(>yT/o-ei'
on 'Eyoj t/'/xi <I'aptrrai09. 5. Kai rjpomjfrev
avTov Koi ilnei' nirw Ti ovv fjiapTvpiis et rrv ovk ti o Trpo(f>rjTri<; ; 6. Ev
^PXV W *''
^?/ ^PVI^^! '^"'^ ^ Kijcfios avTov OVK cyi'O).
7. O oTricro) /x,ov
2. Translate :
(a) orally from the literal translation : 1. Vv.
lG-18. 2. Vv. 19,
Yv. 21,22. 4. Yv. 23, 24.
20. 3.
-fi€yr]f -fifvov.
14. Inflection of avro?, avTrj, avro. 15. Liquid
verbs. 16. Tense stem. 17. Inflection of el/Mi.
LESSON XIII.
1. TEXT
John i. 26-28.
2 NOTES
1. v^ari, in (with) irafrr: (a) -i marks dat. sing.; (/<) stejn
iSar- ; (r) irregular neuter noun of Third d('<-l.. noni. sing, v^wp
3. vfiC)i>, of-you :
(a) -u)v marks gon. plur. ; (b) initial v alwaj-s
has rough breathing, cf. vSuti; (c) i:)ers. pron. of second pers.
gen. plur.
4.
a-Ti^Kei, he-stands :
(a) -ct marks 3 pers. sing. pres. ind, act.
5. i)v, whom :
(a) -u marks ace. sing. ; (b) from 6'?, rj, o, the
relative pronoun (§ 64, 1).
6. oiiK, not :
{a) ovk, not nv, why ? (§ 10, 2).
7. oiSare, ye know :
pers. plur.(a) -re
(b)
marks 2 ;
from olSa,
I hnoiv, a 2 perf. with the signilication of a jiresent an ir-
; (c)
regular verb from an obsolete present eiSw (§ 124, 04), stem i8-.
8. ov, of whom: (a) -ov, sign of gen. sing. ; (b) from os, ^, 6,
the relative pronoun ;
cf. ov, o, oi.
9.
worthy : (a) -09 marks nom. sing. masc.
diios, (b) stem ;
a.$LOv.
10. Xva-u), I-should-unloose : (a) -a- marks the 1 aor. ; (b) -w-
indicates the subjunctive (§ 97, 1, b).
11. Lfi.dvTa, :
(a) stem IfxavT-
thong (b) -a marks ace. sing.; ;
(d) to form nom. sing., add o- to the stem, and make needful
euphonic changes (§ 39, 1, b), i/xai/r?, but t before a is dropped
(§ 13, 4), = Ifiavi, but before or is dropped (§ 13, 5, d) and the
^'
preceding vowel is
lengthened, = i/xds, gen. sing. i/xdvT-o?.
12. v7ro8i;yxaTos, of-sandal :
(a) stem
(b) -o?, sign {jTro8rjfjiaT- ;
(§ 29, 4).
15. Tripav, beyond :
(a) an adverb, used like a prep., with the
gen. «
LESSON XUI. 71
6 VOCABULARY.
1. afio?, -a, -ov, worthy. 7. oT8a, I know.
2. B/y^ui/iu, -a:, 7j, Bethany. 8. ottou, %vhere.
3. 9. beyond.
t/xd?, i/AcivTos, o, thong. irtpav,
4. 'lopSaj/?;?, -oi;, o,
Jordan. 10. aryKU), I stand.
5. Auu, I loosen, unloose. 11. v8wp, {ISaros, to, water.
6. /AeVo?, -7/, -oj/, middle, midst. 12. viruSyjiJiu, -ros, to, sandal.
7. PRINCIPLES OP SYNTAX.
1. 'O KOO-/A05 avTov ovK tyvui (i. 10).
2. 'O vo/Aos Sill Mowo-eoj? cSo'^r; (i. 17).
3. 'hiT^KpiOr] aviToi? o 'Iwdvvjs (i. 26).
8. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
'Eyw, av, d^ios, o?, o, auTos, oSto?, '](jidvr]<;.
2. Anal^'ze :
'A-rreKpidr], i?)60r], iyevvr/Orjcrav, olhare, iyevero, ijv.
rjpcL'i TrdvTE? c'\u/3o/t€v. 2. Oi;k ci/ii d^io? u'a ixapTvpi](T(t) irtpi rrj<;
who comes after me has been before me. 5. The prophet is wor-
thy that he should bear witness concerning the Christ. 6. A\ e
LESSON XIV.
1. TEXT.
John i. 29-31.
2 NOTES.
1.
iTravpinv, on the morroiv (a) an adverb of time, compounded
:
of till'
prcji. cTTi' and adverl) ajYuov
tlic (/') the adverb is here ac-
;
uipui,
t V
O UJV.
does
5. dfiaprtav, sin :
(a) stem ending a heing preceded hy t,
clitic, the accent heing thrown on the preceding word (c) but ;
{b) -at are contracted into one syllable ; (c) the mark ( )
and c-
the subj.; (e) form, 3 pers. sing. 1 aor. subj. pass. (§ 108. 1).
13. 'lo-payyA, Israel: (a) a masc. noun, indeclinable.
LESSON XIV. 75
must decide the form (c) the subject tyw, being emphatic, is
;
expressed.
5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 9, 1. Crasis.
2. § 11, 3 ; § 40, 3, N. Syncope.
3. § 13, 10. Epenthesis.
4. § 20, 1, c. Enclitics.
5. § 39, 1, i ;
Formation of Nom. Sing,
§ 40, 3. of Stems of
6. VOCABULARY.
1. ttipw, / take mvay, hear. 7. i^Sctv,
/ knew.
2. ufiapTid, -as, rj,
Sin. 8. t8e, behold ! see thou !
3. d^vo<?, -ov, 6, lamb. 9. Kuyw = koI iyw, and I.
7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. AXX Xva (f>avep(i)$rj t(2 'IcrpaijX. (i. 31).
2. Kat ijp(i)Tr)crav avTov koI eTTrav avral (i. 25).
3. Kai wfioXoyrjcrev Koi ovk rjpvrja-aTo (i. 20).
8. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
a/j.apTia, d/ii'os, ovtos, os, iyw.
2. Conjugate :
ySAeVaj, u-n-ov, tp)^ofiai, 7jS«v, yeyova.
19, 20. 2. Vv. 21, 22. 3. Vv. 23, 24. 4. Vv. 25, 26. 5. Vv.
27, 28. 6. V. 29. 7. V. 30. 8. V. 31.
{b) 1. is the lamb of God which bcareth the sin of the
This
world. There was a man sent from God. 3. He come.s aftrr
2.
me, but he has been before me. 4. He came that he might bear
witness concerning the light, and that Christ might be mani-
fested to Israel. 5. I am not a prophet, but I know the prophet.
6. I knew this man. 7. The law was not given through John,
but through Moses.
LESSON XV.
1. TEXT.
John i. 32-34
2. NOTES
1. ifiapTvprjaev, he hare ivitness :
{a) I-
augment ; (6) stem /u,ap-
TDpe-; (c) -a^ marks 1 aor. 3 pcrs. sing. ; (f?) !» aor. stem y.aprv-
-<j)v, -ova-a, -ov ; {b) here ace. sing. neut. ; (c) Karaf^aiuwv, but
of iyu).
8. f3airTi(eiv, to baptize :
(a) -nv marks the infinitive act. ;
sing, of iyw.
10. iffj', uj)on : {a) eVi before a word beginning with a vowel
becomes eV, as iir aurov; {b) when the vowel of the second word
has the rough breathing, the smooth mute tt
changes into its
subjunctive, is untranslatable.
12. i8j;s,
thou mayst see :
(a) -t/s marks subj. 2 pers. sing. ;
(b) from ei8op, I saiv, cf. i8e; (c) 2 aor. subj. 2 pers. sing,
(§124,64; §111,1).
13. ixivov, abiding: (a) -ov marks neut. of part, in -wv;
(b) ace. sing. neut. pres. part., stem /xci^; (c) cf. KaraPaivov.
14. TTvet'/xari, with ( in) Spirit :
(a) -i marks the dat. sing. ;
{b) stem TTViVfLar-, of the Third decl. ; (c) Trvet/xa, nom. sing,
neut., T of stem being dropped (§ 39, 1, a).
15. dyi'w, /to/y .•
(a) -(u, sign of dat. sing. ; (6) an adj. of First
and Second deck, -os, -d, -ov, stem end. in a vowel (§ 44, 2) ;
{e) dat. sing, neut., agreeing with Tn/ev/xari ; (f/) cf. a^ios, -a, -ov.
16. cojpaKa, / Aave seen: {a) -Ka marks the perf. act. 1 pers.
sing. ; (6) cf. io)po.KEv.
p.apTvpl<», -<j}
ifxapTvprjatiy) dTri(TruKav
-oj
(TKr^vnw, i(TKi)vi))<T(.{v') €fX€ivev
4 OBSERVATIONS
1. Verbs whose themes or stems cimI in a vowel are called
vowel or pure verbs.
2. Verl)s in -mo, -an, and -mn contract the litial u, €, f»r <i of (be
5 GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 12, 2, h. Mutes, smooth, middle, rough.
2. § 9, 2, c; 7. Elision before a
§ 13, Rough Breathing.
3. § 20, 1, a. The Enclitics of the Pronoun of First Person.
4. § 44, 2. Inflection of 8tKaios.
5. § 79, 1. First Class of Verbs.
6. § 92, 1-3. The First Perfect Stem.
7. § 98, 1-3. Personal Endings of the Indicative.
8. § 99, 1-3. Use of the Endings.
9. § 104. Inflection of the Subjunctive Active.
10. § 109, 2 § 99, 4.
;
Inflection of Perfect Ind. Act.
6 VOCABULARY.
1. ayio9, -d, -ov, 5. heaven.
holy. ovpu.v6<i, -ov, 6,
2. fidov, / saw. 6. Treptorepd, -as, 17, dove.
3. KaTa(3aLi'U), I descend. 7. Tn/ci/xa, -Tos, TO, spirit.
4. fxivw, I abide, remain.
LESSON XV. 81
7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. TldvTa 8l avTov iy^vtro (i. 3).
2. TauTtt iv BrjOavia iy^vero iripav toO Inphavov (i. 28).
8. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
TreptoTcpa, ovpavos, irvfvfia, Aeycov.
2.
Conjugate : 1 aor. ind. act. of fiaprvpiu), /xeVw, irifnru} ;
and
perf. ind. act. of opaoj and /xaprvpeoj.
3.
Analyze :
i^Stti', t8r/s, <f>av(pui6fj, dircKpidr], (.vOvvan, tSwKev.
^
(lid, to he, is the trui; copula, but some otlior veilw admit a similar con-
struction, as ylvo/xai, to become, \eyofMai, to be called, «tc.
82 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
said to mo, Art thou the prophet ? 6. No one has seen God at-
7. He who comes after me, he who is in tlie world,
any-tinie.
he who bears the sins of men, he who sent me to baptize. 8. I
have seen, I have borne witness, I have been, I have beheld.
LESSON XVI.
1. TEXT.
John i. 35-38.
2. NOTES.
1. he was standing : {a) from io-ttjixl, I stand, a verb
IcTTi^Kd,
in -jui; -ku marks the pluperf. 3 pers. sing. (§ 92, 5)
(b) (c) the ;
(d) the pluperf. of this verb has the force of the imperf., cf.
3. dat.
TrepnraTowTi, loalkinr/ :
(a) for 7rept7raTc-ovTi, t
marking
sing. ; (b) compounded of Trepi, around, and irajtw, tread ; (c) pres.
part. Tref)LTraT(eo})v, -wr, gen. sing. -(€o)i'to9, -owtos, dat. sing, -(c'o)vti,
-ovvTL (to being contracted into ov).
LESSON XVI. 83
pass. (§ 113) ; {b) from arpitftw, I turn, stem a-rpeffi-, but stem of
2 aor. pass. <TTpa<p-, an c of the stem becoming a (§ 96, 2) ;
part, formed by adding -aw, -ovaa, -or, gen. sing. -oi/tos, -ouo-t;?,
4. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The participle is inflected like an adjective.
2. The participle for the active forms its stem by adding -vt- to
the tense-stem (perfect -or-) (§ 102, 1).
3. The pres. part. act. nom. sing, ends in -ojv, -ovaa, -ov.
4. The 1 aor. part. act. nom,
sing, ends in -d?, -do-a, -av (§ 47, 2).
5. Vowel verbs in aw, ew, and ow are contracted in the present
and imperfect.
5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 13, 5, a. V before a Labial.
2. § 5. Interchange of Vowels.
3. § 48, 1.Declension of pres. part. act. (Ae'ywv).
4. § 47, 2. Declension of 1 aor. part. act.
(Tre/Ai/^ds).
5. § 78, 1. Verbs in fjn.
6. § 86, 1.
Eighth Class of Verbs.
7. § 87, 1. Ninth Class of Verbs.
8. § 92, 5. The First Pluperfect Active.
9. § 110, 1, 2. Inflection of the Pluperfect.
6. VOCABULARY.
1. aKoXovOiw, -w, I follow. 4. Svo, two.
2. aKovo), I hear. 5. e/t/SAcVw, / look at.
3. SiSdo-KaAos, -ov, o, teacher. 6. ^t/tcw, -w, I seek.
LESSON XVI. 85
7. larrifjii,
I cause to stand. 12. TrtptTrarew, -w, I walk.
8. XaAc'w, -w, I speak. 13. ttov, where.
9. ixaOr]Ti]<;, -ov, 6, disciple. 14. 'Pu/:J/3ci, Babhi.
10. fitOepixyvevw, I interjnxt. 15. arpeffid), I turn.
11. TrdAii', again.
7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. 'Hi/ TO ^uJ? TO aXi]0a'Ov o </»0JTi^ei TravTa avOpomov (i. 9).
2. Kat avTr; eVrii/ 17 fxaprvpia tov 'Iwai/ou (i. 19).
3. Kai ifj.pXeifja^
tw 'Ir/crou TrepiTraTOVVTt (i. 36).
and gender.
1. *Ji8u)/v€i/ avrois l^ovfTiav TCKva ^eoD, yivicrOai, rois irio-Ttwoucriv tis
who).
8 EXERCISES
1. Decline : 'O ji.a6r)Ti]<;,
6 u/ai'Os, AaAcwi', c/jt/3Aei/'as.
2. ( V)ri ciTra.
JMLjate ;
Acyoj, r/Kovrra, ^rjTid), eiTror,
3. Analy/t^ :
Tcyoi'd', tkajiov, cOfturcifitdu, dntirTeiXui', fxtixoprv-
prjKa, icifyrjfraTo.
LESSON XVII.
1. TEXT.
John i. 39-41.
2. NOTES.
1.
fpx^o'Of) come ye : (a) from Ip^o^jiai, I come, of the 8th or
mixed class of verbs (§ 86) {h) ;
-ecrOe marks 2 pers. plur. imper.
mid. and pass. (§ 105).
2. o\l/€<r6f, ye shall see :
(a) from oif/o/jbai, the fut. in use for
opati),
of the 8th or mixed class ; (b) -ea-Ot marks 2 pers. plur. of
fut. ind. mid. (§ 107, § 105) ; (c) from an assumed pres. ottto),
LESSON XVIL 87
ing ^p.
3. T^A^av, they came: («) the regular form of the 2 aor. ind.
marks 1 aor. part. (c) -a-dvTwi; the gen. plur. of 1 aor. act. part.
; ;
(h) note rough breathing; (c) simple stem is evp-, but to form
the pres. ind. we add -to-Kw (§ 84) ((/)
a verb therefore of the ;
8. TrpujTov, first :
(a) from Trpwros, -»/, -ov, the neuter used as
adverb.
9. evpi^Kafxa/, WB have found (a) -Kop-ev marks perf. 1 pers.
:
1.
LESSON XVII. 89
'Eyoj ovK
5. elfjl
o XpttTTtk (i. 20).
8. EXERCISES.
1. Decline : H rj/jicpa,
6 AvSpcas, 6 aSeX<f>6^, 6 2t)u,wv.
2. Conjugate :
'HA^oi', ^A^a, e/xeua, uKoi'crd?, evprjKa.
3. Analyze :
"Oif/iaOe, il8o.v, aKoXovSrjcrdvTwi', iwpaKa, Tre/Jixf/acnv,
i866r], iXafiofXiv.
4. Translate : 1.
h.iyu airio "Ep^ov koL oif/y.
2. Ovtos o av-
31. 2. Vv. 32-34. 3. Vv. 35, 36. 4. Vv. 37, 38^ 5. 39-41.
{h) 1. He who .says, he who said, he who comes, he who sent,
who sent. 2. He said to him, What seekest thou ? 3. He
they
answercil him, I seek Jesus, Imt I do not know where he abides.
Dost thou know where he dwells ? 4. This man first finds his
own brothers and says to them, I liave found the truth and the
LESSON XVIII.
1. TEXT.
John i. 42-45.
2. NOTES.
1.
rjyayiv, he brought :
(a) -e(i')
marks 3 pers. sing. ; (^»)
from
ayo), / lead, briny, temporal augment rjy- ; (c) but in the 2 aor.
this verb always has a reduplicated stem, r^yay- (§ 124, 2) ;
gen. sing, has -ws instead of -os (§ 40, 5, note), but the accent is
LESSON XVIII. 91
principle,
9.
iypail/iv, he ivrote :
{a) root ypaff)-; {b) stem of 1 aor. ind.
3 FORMS FOR
02 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
6. VOCABULARY.
1. ayo>, / lead, bring. 9. Kakim, -w, I call.
2. BrjOcraL^d, r), indecl., Beth- 10. K?;<^a9, -a, 6, Cephas.
saida. 11. Na^avar/A, 6, indecl., Na-
3. FaAiAatu, -ds, 17,
Galilee. thanael.
4. ypd<j)w, I write. 12. Na^apeV, T}, indecl., Naza-
5. i^efixo/xai, I go forth. reth.
6. ipijrjvivw, I intei'pret. 13. ttoAis, -eojs, 17, city.
7. ^e'Aw, I will, have in mind. 14. $tAi7r7ros, -ou, 6, Philip).
8. ''lw(Trj(f), 6, indecl., Joseph.
7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. 'Hv TO </)cos TO dA>;^u/av (i. 9).
2. EvpiO-K€l OVTOS TTpOiTOV TOV u8tA(/)6v TOV iSlOV (i. 41).
3. iSe 6 ujU,vos TOV ^eoO 6 aipotv t^v
afxapTLav tuv Koa-fxov (i. 29).
4. Evpr^Ka/Aci/ It^o-oCi/ utoi/ toB 'I(i)o-^<jf)
toi/ (xtto Na^apeV (i. 45).
8. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
npoc^T/r?;?, vio?, ttoAis, eyco, avTo's.
2. Conjugate :
Evpto-Kw, ivprjKa, yyayov, eypai/'a, kpinqv(.vop.ai.
3. Analyze :
'H6'€Ai7o-€i', ^v^TctTe, AaAowTos, ir^/uf/acrtv, KiKpayer,
iytvvrjOrjrrav.
Trpo<f)riTr]<;
o dXr}9m)<; Trept t^? x^P'tos ifxapTvprja-fv. 3. T^i/ dA7;^etai/
cv T<5 vop.w Toi; Oeov ivpla-KOfxev, 4. Tov aScAf^ov tov tStov ov yii/'o-
a-Kfi. 5. Toi/ Aoyoi/ twi/ Trpo(f>r]T(i)V epfXTjvevei, dAA' cts to oi/ofxa tov
UlOU tow ^€oi) OV TTICTTCVCI.
5. Translate orally :
(a) 1. V. 39. 2. Vv. 40, 41. 3. Vv. 42,
43. 4. Vv. 44, 45. 5. Art thou the prophet? 6. I am not,
LESSON XIX. 93
This one isthe light of the world. 9. This is the true j)roi)liet.
brother of that man came, and he said, I have found the true
classes of verbs. 14. The future stem. 15. The 1 aor. stem.
LESSON XIX.
1. TEXT
John i. 4f)-r)l.
2. NOTES.
3.
epxov, come thou : (a) -ov marks 2 pers. sing. pres. mid.
5.
Trpo, before
:
(a) prep, governing the gen.
6. ToD, the : (a) art., gen. sing. (b) tlie neuter art. preceding ;
of (fiu)vrjcrai.
8. 4>tXi7nrov, Fhilij) :
(a) ace, because the subject of a verb in
the infinitive.
9. <fm>vrj(rai, to call :
(a) -o-ai marks 1 aor. inf. ; (b) from (f>{i)vi(i),
penult ?
10. ovTo, iei/i^j' .•
(a) ace. sing. masc. of wv ; (^) w, ovros, ovn,
ovra ; (c) pres. part, of ei/xi.
11. o-vK^v, Jig-tree: (a) -rjv a contraction for -eav (§32, 1);
14. ot/'jy,
thou shalt see :
(a) -r;
marks 2 pers. sing. pers. end.
of pres. and fut. mid. and pass. (§ 105, 1) ; (b) cf. oij/eadc (i. 39).
dfxyy, oLfi-ljv, most assuredly : (a) a.p.r)v is properly a verbal
15.
adjective, coming from the Hebrew, meaning firm, sure ; (b) St.
John always repeats the word (twenty-five times), and thus it
has the force of a superlative.
16. dvfwyoTa, opened: (a) -a marks the ace. ending of Third
decl. ; (b) -oTu, ace. sing. masc. of participles in -ws (§ 48, 5) ;
(c) -m (-oTs) marks the perf, part. act. (d) avcwy- is the stem of ;
(-(ij-y-)
and £-
prefixed for reduplication (-ewy-), whence dvc'wya, cf.
6. VOCABULARY
1. dya^o?, -t;, -uv, good. 12. fjiCL^wv, ftci^oi/, greater.
2. dyycAo?, -ov, o, angel. 13. irnOev, ivhence.
3. dhjOw^, truhj, indeed. 14. -rrpo, before, always with
4. afL-qv, tmdy, verily. genitive.
5. ava-f^uLi'w, I go uj), ascend. 15. avKQ, -r^s, rj, Jig-tree.
G.
dvolyio, I ojien. 16. tis, Ti, any owe, anything.
7. /3a(TiX€v<;, -cojs, 6,
/tiM^. 17. V7rd, under, here with ace.
8. 18. viroKaTUi, underneatJi, with
00A09, -ou, 6, guile, deceit.
9. 2uVa/xai, I can, am able. gen.
10. 'IcrpaTjXctVijs, -ov, 6, Israelite. 19. tfuDvia), -w, / ca/^.
11. /icya?, fieydXr),
fiiya, great.
7. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. 'IWv7?5 (i. 6, 15, 32, 35, 40, 42) roZ 'Iwdvov 6 'la^a-
; (i. 19) ;
8 EXERCISES.
1. Decline: 2uk^, 'Iq(rov<;, dyyeXo<;, /lei'^wv, ipxofJievo<;, dvcwyws,
eyoj, av, oq, avafiaivijiv.
2.
Conjugate: Awa/i,ai, epx°''? '^e' yivwaKw, direKinOqv, aSov.
3.
Analyze ;
EwpaKa, di'e(i>ya, oToa, TJSeii/, evfniKafiev, (fxavya-ai.
LESSON XIX. 97
T(ij
dv6pw7ru) KOi TO) (iSeA^ai auToi) rjXdev. 2. Tors dv8pas ip^ofxtvovi
TTpos auToii? eT8av, Kat A.e'youcru' Trepl avruiv iSere oi Trpoc^rjrai tou
4G, 47. 2. Vv. 48, 49. 3. V. 50. 4. V. 51. 5. Who art thou ?
angels came into the world, and they gave testimony to men.
5. He heard him
speaking, and answered him. 6. He remains
in the desert that day, and his two discijjles came unto him.
7. The prophet wrote the words of Moses in the law of God.
mutes. 5. Inflection of
jtresent participle. 0. Inflection of
ind. act. 13. Of 1 aor. ind. mid. 14. <)| I nor. iiid.
pass.
15. Synopsis of 1 aor. act. 1(». I'iiri<i|)les ol syntax (9-13).
98 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
1. TEXT.
John i. 20-51.
2 GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §2, 2. Vowels, open or 8. §12,l,i. y before palatals.
close. 9. § 12, 2. Classification of
declension. (mixed).
20. § 39, 1, a-c. Formation of 47. § 87, 1. First class in /xt.
iruTr/p, avijp.
50. § 92, 1-5. First perf. stem,
22. § 40, 5, note. TToXis. 51. § 95, 1-3. First pass. stem.
23. § 41, 1. vStap. 52. § 97, 1, a, h. Mood suffixes.
jectives. ings.
26. § 44, 1, 2. tro<^os, ^LKain<;. 55. § 101, 1. The infinitive
27. § 44, 3. Participles in -09. endings.
28. § 47, 2. 1 aor.
part, in -d?. 56. § 102, 1, 2. The participle.
29. § 48, 1. Pres. part, in -wv. 57. § 103, 1-3. Synopsis of the
30. § 48, 5. Perf. part, in -w?. pres. act.
31. § 48, 6. Pres. part, in -uwy 58. § 104. Inrifction of ind.,
and -f(Dv.
subj., imp.
32. § 51, 3, <i.
fitit^uiv. 69. § 105. Intl. of pres. ind.
33. § 54, 1. tf?, /u.t'a,
Iv. and imp., mid. and pass.
34. § 57, 1 .
€yw, tru, auro?. 60. § 106. lull, of imperf. in
35. § 62, 1 . The article. all voices.
36. § 63, 1, 3. ouTo? and ckhvw;. (;i. § 107, 2. Infl. of fut. ind.
37. § 64, 1. 09, Tj,
o. and mid.
38. § 66. 1. Indeflnitepronfiun. 02. § 100, 1 .
Synopsis of 1
39. § 74, 1,2,0. The augment. aor. act.
100 INTllODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
04. §109,2. Infl. of perf. ind. 07. §117. Defective verbs into.
3. VOCABULARY.
[The student is expected to give the various forms in which the
words here given have occurred.]
Verbs.
1. dyoi. 14. ypdcfiu). 27. Xuo).
2. aipo). 15. Svva/Aat. 28. fievw.
3. oLKoXovOeu). 10. fiSov. 29. oiSa.
4. OLKOVll). 17. i^-ep^ofiai. 3U.
o/AoXoyco).
5. 18. 31.
avoiyto. €pfir]vevio. oil/ofxai.
G. 1 9. 32.
oLTro-Kpivofiai. fie$-epfir]vev(D. TrtflTTW.
7. apvlofiai. 20. €W^WU). 33. irepi-irariui.
8. dva-ySaiVo). 21. evpiaKw. 34. <TT7;/C(i>.
Nouns.
PROPER NOUNS.
1 Decl 2 Z>ec^. Indecl.
1. 10. ITeTpo9. 14. Biy^o-atSa.
'AvSpcus.
2. ^quavia. 11. <l•ap^oa^o?. 15. 'Icrpai^X.
3. FaXiXa/a. 12. <J>iXi7r7ros. 10. \iii<jrj<^.
4. 'HXctas. 17. Na^apeV.
5. Htrata?. 3 Z)ecZ. 18. Na^ai/aryX.
6. 'lopSavjy?. 13. ^i/i,a)i/. 19. 'Pa;8/?ci'.
7. 'i(Tpar]\€iTrj<;.
8. K>j^as.
9. Meo-o-i'as-
LESSON XX. — REVIEW. 101
102 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
5. EXERCISES.
1. AVitli the literal translation in your hand, translate orally:
1. John i. 1-5. 2. i. 6-11. 3. i. 12-18. 4. i. 19-28. 5. i.
7. The last.
Xdyo? iffiav€p(i)6rj, Kai kwpaKafxtv avTov, Kal fxapTvpovfJi.€V irepl tov vlov
ToO 6(ov. 4. 'O •^1/
aTT dpx^^ I0f.a<jdp.f.6a. 5. 'Ei/ tw <^(i»Tt icrriu, OTt
LESSON XXI.
1. TEXT.
2 NOTES.
1. £KXi]6r}, Jie-toas-called :
(a) -Oi]- mark.s 1 aor. pass. ; (b) 1 aor.
part. gen. sing. masc. (§ 47, 2) {h) from varepu), -w, I fail ; ;
(c) joined with oivou in the gen., a word not connected with the
main construction of the sentence ; {d) the two words are said
to be in the ge7i. absolute.
LESSON XXI. 103
3.
cxoucrir, they have :
(a) -ou(n(i') marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers.
plur. ; (6) from €\(o,
I have.
4. o-ot', to thee :
{a) an enclitic, but retains the accent, because
pnipbatic ( § 20, 1, a, and 3).
5.
yiVat, woman ! (a) an irreg. noun of 3 decl., nom. sing.
yvvTf, gen. ym'ai/cds (§ 41, 1) \ {b) in the voc. sing.
6. has (is) come : (a.) -ei marks pres. ind. act. 3 pers.
^Kci, it
sing. (b);
from ^kw, / have come, am present, a present which
includes ^perfect meaning.
8.
may say : (a) -rf marks pres. subj. act. 3 pers. sing.
Aty?;, he ;
9.
TroirjrraTf, do-ye :
(a) -<TaT€ marks 1 aor. imper. act. 2 pers.
plur. (§ 108, 4) ; (h) from irmu,), I make, do, stem ttoic-, a pure
or vowel-verb (§ 73, 4) ; (r) to form the aor. stem the short
vowel € of stem is lengthened into 77,
cf. p.apTvpi]irrj tyen T|^T/<rar,
(.(TKrjvVKTiv, c^r/yijfraTo, cpwrtjawo-ii', u>/i,oAoy^(7€i', T/pfTjcraTO, 7)^jojTTjfrai',
iOiaa-dfiiOa, (ftautpwOj).
c7i/ai, <o be (i. 46), oV, 6ein<7 (i. 18) ; (0) cf. § 122, 16.
11. K(ip.tvai, lying, set: (n) -//cfoi marks pres. part. nom. plur.
fem. (§ 44, 3), agreeing with vdpiai; (6) from Kilfiai (§ 122,
15).
12. ;^o)poi7o-at, holdivff, containing :
(a) -nvam, contraction for
-covrrai;(b) from \iiipiiiy, pres. part, ^nuitan', x">P^^>^"^'h X"V'""'>
rontractod -:7>r, -rd'rrd, -orr Tr) -oifrai ;
mark.s pres part. nom.
plur. fern. (§ 48, 6), agreeing with vSpiai.
104 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
13. :
(a) prep, used with numerals in a distribtitive
dvu, ajnece
sense, governing the ace.
Mccrcrtas
4. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The a of the stem of the First declension does not
change
into if preceded by i or
rj, p.
2. Masculines of the First declension end in ds or tjs.
4. Nouns in -ed are contracted and declined like (rvKda. (§ 32, 1).
5. Many proper names that might have been declined accord-
ing to the First declension are indeclinable.
5 GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §7, 1. Contraction of ea, 6. § 54, 1, and N. 2. Of Tpcts.
io, eoj, €ov. 7. § 53. Numerals 1-6.
2. § 32, 1, b.
Irregular Con- 8. § 66, 2. Inflection of oo-ns.
traction of First Decl. 9. § 114, 1. Contract Verbs.
3. §31, 1. Terminations of 10. §48,6. Inflection of (^t-
Fir.st Decl.
AeW) «^iA(Lv.
4. §32,1. Inflection of 11.
(o-v/ce'w) §115, 1.
Synopsis of vt-
6. VOCABULARY A.
1. dni, 14. fjurprjT^?, -ov,
iiji to, apiece. 6, measurer,
h
5. -^I'lfjios, -ov, u, tnarrUif/e-feast. firkin.
3. yi'vj/, yvvaiKus, y, woman. 15. fJ-rjTr/p, fJirjTpo-i, r/, mother.
4. SiuKoi-os, -Of, 6, servant. IG. wine.
otcos, -ov, 6,
5. cVet, there (adv.), 17. oo-tiv, t/tk, on, whoever,
6. e$, six. whatever.
1. t)^w, I have. 18. ov-rna, not yet.
8. rf,
or (conj.). 19. Troiew, -w, I do, make.
9. ijKUi,
I have come, am come. 20. rptis, rpia, three.
10. KaOapiapo'i, -ov, 21. t^itos, third.
6, inirijica- -r/, -ov,
tion. 22. uSptu, -ds, ^, water-Jar.
11. Kai/a, C'awa (indecl.). 23. va-repiw, -w, I fail, lack.
12. Kilpai, I lie (down). 24. \wpiw, -w, I hold, contain.
13. Ai^ii/os, -r/, -01', of stone.
7 VOCABULARY B.
8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
"
(ii. 2).
9 EXERCISES
1. JJecIine :
Wnipn, p.aOr]Tij<;, vftpia, p.tTprjTyj'i, yajLus, SiuKoi'os,
'
In this constnictirm tin; verb usually iirccedcH the noiniiiiitivcs, or .stands
diffictly after tbo first of thfiii.
106 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
2.
Conjugate : 1. 2 aor. of yi'vofiai.
2. 1 aor. ind. pass, of
av A-tyr;.
2. Ou iroioifxev Tr]v d\rj6uav, 3. 'H dX.r)OiLa ovk ecrriv eV
T^/Aii'.
'Ev TouTU) yivwaKOfiiv oTi £V avTui etr/itcV.
4. 5. 'E^af Epcoacv
Tos ^A^fv Trpos avTov Kai cTttci/ auTw 'Pa/8y3ci, oioa/u,cv OTt cru 6 8t8a-
jars of stone set there. 7. The servants came to his mother and
said to her, Who is this man ? 8. Jesus was called, and his
8. Inflection of
(t^tXtwv) ^lAwi/. 9. Deponent verbs. 10. Sub-
LESSON XXII.
1 TEXT.
2 NOTES
1. ye : (a) -o-arc marks 1 aor. act. 2 pers. plur.
ye/xi'a-are, fill ;
(c) stem ye/xi8-, a verb of the IV. class (§ 82, 1, b), 8 dropped
before o- (§ 13, 4) (d) pres. ind. act. yc/At^w (§ 82, 1, 6).
;
6.
yeyivr)iJ.tvov, havinrf become
:
(a) -fiivov marks perf. part.
pass. ; {b) yc- is the redupl., sign of perf. (c) stem yei/t-, c being ;
8. <)[
rji'TXrjKOTf^, those ti'ho drew: (a) sfctn tivrXt- (see 2);
(b) temporal augment as rediipl. ; (r) -cs marks nom. plur. masc.
of Third decl. ; (d) -ores marks nom. |)lur. masc. of parti(-ipb'S in
iiy^ (§ 48, 5) ; (fi) -OK (-0T9), gen. -oToq, dat. -iWi, ace. -nra, marks
perf. part, act., cf.
(iTcwyora (XIX. N. 16).
108 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
(§ 52).
13. T€TyprjKa<;, thou hast kept :
(a) -Kas marks perf. ind. act. 2
pers. sing. ; (b) re- is the redupl. ; (c) from Trjpeu) ; (d) cf. fxifxaf)-
4. OBSERVATIONS.
1. A few nouns of the First declension have short a in the
nom., ace ,
and voc. sing., as dAr/^cia and 86$a (§ 29, 3, b).
2. The nounsof tlie Third declension are
irregular chiefly in
the nom. (§ 41, 1).
3. In the
imperative the tenses do not of themselves designate
time.
4. The present denotes an action simply as continued.
5 The aorist denotes an action simply as brought to pass.
6. The imperative, though expressing no time, necessarily im-
plies the future.
LESSON XXII. 109
GRAMMAR LESSON.
§ 29, 3, h. Inflection of oAi^ 6. § 100, 1-3. Personal End-
ings of Imperative.
O
§ 37, 6. Of 'It;o-oCs. § 99, 1-3. Use of Ters. End-
3. § 41, 1. Of vSojp. ings.
4. § 48, 5. Of AeAuKois. 8. § 99, 1. Inflection of HaTrjfjiu
6 VOCABULARY A.
1 .
avrXeo), -w, drmv up. 10. rjveyKa, 1 aor. of (ftepoi.
7. VOCABULARY B
1. Under List I. of verbs, learn those words numbered 16-39.
8 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. Ot Oe ciTraf aiVrw 'Faftft^t (i. 38).
2. Oi Se i^fcyKai/ (ii. 8).
9 EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
"AvOpoyiros, v8wp, KaXo9, -»/, -6v, avTo<;, iXdacrwv, -ov.
2. Conjugate : 1. 1 aor. ind. act. of ye/xi^w, <^e'pa), ttoicco, «^ai'cpow,
3. Analyze :
'Eyeva-aro, iOiaa-dfieOa, yeyevrz/xeVov, r)8(i, fiSfiaav,
4. Translate :
(a) At sight John i. 1-18.
2. cws
(b) 1. Te/xLaov t^v v^piav ravTrjv uSaro?. Fe/jii^ei air-qv
TiOrjfii.
15. Personal endings of pres. imper. act. 16. Of 1 aor.
imper. act.
LESSON XXIII. Ill
LESSON XXIII.
1. TEXT.
2 NOTES.
(fl?)
in 2 aor. has the intlec. of verb in -/it; (e) of. infl. of 2 aor.
(b) ace. jthir. fem. of the irreg. adj. ttoAus, -noXkrj, ttoXv, much,
many (§ 49, 1).
3. ai/if^r/,hs went up :
(a) compounded of apd and ^SaiVw, i. 51
{(I) -ovras marks ace. plur. masc. of pres. part. ; (e) from irMkiw,
a vowel verb, pres. part. ttoAcW, contr. into ttwXwv (§ 48, 6).
6. ftoasjOyeu: (rt'.)
-us marks ace. plur. of Third decl. ; (/>) nom.
sing, /iovs, stem ending in a di])hthong (§ 40,6) ; (c) l3ov<i, gen.
sing., fi'xk.
7 k(i6tii).(p(iv<;, sifJinr/ :
(a) -ou? murlss ace. jilur. masc. of pres.
part, in -/accos ; {b) irom KdOrjfiai, diponent verb in -/xi (§ 122,
17) ; (c) compounded of Kara, dotrn, and rjiiai,
I sit.
8. i^ifia\(i', he cast out : (a) eoinpounrled of <'k and fidWw, I
throw, cast ; {b) ik befon; the augment becomes t^ (§ 10, 2) j
112 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
(c) 2 aor. stem ^aX- ; {d) -e(v) marks 3 pers. sing. ; (e) see Gr.
§ 124. 2y ; (/) IV. class of verbs, /iaA-, ^aA-i"!,-, (3a\X-<>\^-, pdXXw
82,1,0).
9.
iiexetv, he poured out: (a) compounded of ck and x^^'j
(b) i$ before the aug. ; (c) -i(v) marks 3 pers. sing. •, (d) 1 aor.
ind. act. i$ix^a, 3 pers. sing, e^ex" (§ 108, 1 § 124, 71). ;
raise (§ 124, 5 ;
also XIV. n. 4) ; (d) IV. class of verbs, dp-,
dp-t°|t-, aip-^le-, aipu) (§ 82, 1, d).
13. /x^, not :
(a) ov and /xr/ are two negative particles; {b) the
4. OBSERVATIONS.
1. eV before a vowel becomes e^.
In composition,
2. In compound verbs the augment generally follows the
preposition.
3. Prepositions ending in a vowel lose it before the augment.
4. Primitive verbs form tense-stems directly from a root.
5. As a rule, only primitive verbs have second aorists.
6. The stem of the second aor. is the simple stem, as ^oA-,
Aa/8-, ySa-.
LESSON XXIII. 113
1.
114 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. IIui/Ta 8t' avTov eycVero (i. 3).
2. "Ii/a 7rai/T€s nicmvcrwcnv 8t avrov (i. 7).
3. Ek tow TrXr]p{i}fjiaTo<; avrov rjfxeis Travre? cAa/So/Mtj/ (i. 16).
4. Ilai/Tas i^i(iaXf.v Ik tov tcpoC (ii. 15).
9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
Kcp/xarto-Ti;?, TrtptcrTepa, vrpo'/SaTov, lepdv, Kcp/xa, (3ov<;,
arpiffyij), Trotew.
2. 2 aor. ind. act. of cupio-Kw, iKfiaWw, dvafiaivw,
Karapaivo}.
3. Analyze :
IIwXoui/Ta?, ttwAovo-iv, TroietTc, Troiijo-as, Ka$T]fx4vov^,
4. Translate :
(a) At sight John i. 19-34.
{/>)
1. MfTa Tavra i]\6^v 6 Irjaov^ Kal ol d8e\(j>oi avrov €19 rov ydfiou.
2i. Kat €p,ctv€v EKCt Suo rjfJiipas, 3. Oi8a/i,€i/ oTi outos ecrTif dAr/^ais
TO ToC Koafiov. 4. Yidpra Ik tou Kui, auTots
<^o)<; lepoi) f.K(id\Xii Xe'yei
OvTOS eo-Tii' 6 oi/co? Tou 6f.ov. 5. 'O Se Trotwi/ rrjv
dXr}6uav tpx^rai
Trpos TO (ji())<;.
6. O Pcos toi^ vloy eis tov Koafiov diri(rr€iXev.
5. Translate: (a) Orally into Greek: 1. John ii. 12. 2. ii.
16-18.
(b) 1. After this he went up into Jerusalem. 2. He drove out
the oxen and the sheep, and those who sold doves. 3. He over-
throws their tables, and says to the money-changers, Why do you
LESSON XXIV. 115
system. 17. The 2 aor. stem. 18. Inflection of 1 aor. ind. act.,
LESSON XXIV.
1 TEXT.
2 NOTES.
1. ifii'rirr6r](rav, they vememhered :
(a) -Orjani' marks 1 aor. ind.
pass. 3 pers. plur. ; (ft) c-, augment; (c) simple stem /JLva-, 1 aor.
pass, stem fivrjfr- (§ 95, 2; § 13, 10) ; (d) of thc'VT. cki.ss of
verb.M, prt'K. ind. /xiixvtqctkw, I remind, with the reduplication
(S 84, !,/>).
2. y<:y()afj.fi.ti'i)v cVrtV, it is ivrittcn :
(a) -fiivov marks perf. i»art.
pass. ; {b) yc- is the redupk, the sign of the perf. or completed
action ; {c) stem ypatf)-, which becomes yf>nfi- before /< (S 13, 3) ;
(d) the perf. part, with ilvai is used here for the regular form of
the finite verb.
116 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
3.
KaTacfidyerai, he will eat :
(a) -erat marks 3 pers. sing. mid.
or pass., primary tenses; {b) from KaTa<^ayo/xai, Itvill eat, fut. of
KaT-ta-6io}, I eat (§ 124, 80), an irreg. verb, and therefore of the
VIII. class (§ 86, 1).
4. ^etKvueis, thou showest :
(a) -ets marks 2 pers. sing, of pres.
ind. act. ; {b) from SeiKvvw, I show.
5. Ai'trare, destroy ye :
(a) -o-arc marks 1 aor. imper. act. 2
pers.
phir. of XviD ; {b) of. ye/xto-arc, uvrXT/o-aTc (XXII. N. 1, 2).
6.
iyepw, I will raise u}? :
(a) -Ct contr. for -ew ; (b) a liquid
verb, stem ending in fj (c) liquid stems add e to simple stem
;
(b) stem eVccr-, cr of the stem falling away before all case-endings ;
our text without augment ; (d) some editors for oi- read o!-, with
temporal augment (§ 74, 6).
9.
eyepeis, ^/ioM w?7^ vaisB : (a) -CIS contr. for -e'cis, fut. ind. 2
pers. sing, of iyeipoi, see tycpw (6).
10. eAeycv, Ae saic?, s/?oA;6 (a) -e(v) : marks 3 pers. sing. ; (b) e-,
pers. sing.; (b) 17-, temporal augment; (c) simple stem eyep-;
{d) from eyct'poj,
cf.
iytpw (6).
12. 6(.(j)povvTi<i,beholdiv(j :
(a) -owrcscontr. for-e'-ovrcs; (i) from
6aopi'», pres. act. part. O^ojpitov, -wv, inflected like (^lAwi/ (§ 48, 6).
13. i-TToUi, he iva.s doing :
(a,) -et contr. for -tc ; (b) e-, augment,
stem cVou- marks imperf. ; (c) iroiiw, being a vowel verb, is contr.
in the imperf. (§ 114, 1) 3 pers. sing.
; {d) imperf. ind. act.
(§ 106).
14. €7r('o-Tcu€v, he was trusting : (a) -t(v) marks 3 pers. sing. ;
4 OBSERVATIONS.
1. John everywhere uses Jerusalem as a neut. plur. of the
Second decl.
5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
6. VOCABULARY A.
7. VOCABULARY B.
8. PRINCIPLES or SYNTAX.
9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
Ma^7/r>j?, XP^'"' ^^P'^V' "rjf^tpoL
'
oTko?, vaos •
awfia,
• •
tT09 Tra?, TToXvs rpcis, eyw, auTos, caurov, Tts, os«
4. Translate :
(a) At sight John i. 35-42.
{b) 1. Ev Toi^To) yLVtliCTKOjxev on iv avTw iafiev. 2. Tpdc^w v/iii',
TOV ViOV KUL TOV TTaxeptt tX^'* ^* "^'^ TOiiTO 6 K6(TflO<; OV yiVOXTKil
yfiu^ on ov/c cyvw tov peov. t). Kai oioare on tKCivo? «pav(pu}ur) nu
Ta<; ufjLupria^ ^PV'< ''"' afxapria iv aiiTw ouk ecrnv.
5. Translate: («) Orally into Greek: 1. John ii. 17. 2. ii.
18, 19. 3. ii. 20, 21. 4. ii. 22. 5. ii. 23. 6. ii. 24, 25. 7. i.
5. He
believed this disciple, but many did not believe his testi-
pres. subj. act. 15. Of pres. impcr. art. 10. Of pres. part. act.
LESSON XXV.
1. TEXT.
2. NOTES.
1.
upx^v, ruler :
(a) -wv marks pres. part. act. ; (b) from apx^>}y
I am first, ruler ; {c) used as a noun.
2. i/uKTos, by niglit :
(a) -o? marks gen. sing, of Third deck ;
(XXII. N. 11).
8. Swarat, he is able :
(a) cf. XIX. N. 1.
9. iSelv, to see: (a) -t7v (contr. for -eev) marks 2 aor. inf. act. ;
(b) from e?Sov (§ 124, 64) ; (c) cf. %? (XV. N. 12), ?8£ (XIX.
N. 4).
10. yeuvrjOTJvai, to be born : marks 1 aor. inf. pass.
(a) -Orjvai
(§ 108).
11. ela-ekOeiv, to enter in of eh and 2
:
(a) compounded eXOety,
aor. inf. act. of epxofiat (§ 124, 78) on -eh cf. ISelv
; (b) (9) ;
(b) 2 aor. stem, (c) yev- is the simple stem, yiv- pres. stem, yov-
[)erf. stem (124, 44).
4. OBSERVATIONS
1. Vowf'l verbs are contracted in the present and ini])erfect.
2. All till' vowel-verbs, save ;i few in -n.i, belong (o tin' first
5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §40,1. Stems of Third Decl. 7. § 97, 1, a, b. Mood SuflBxes
6. VOCABWuARY A.
7 VOCABULARY B.
8 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. Ovt6<; ccTTiv vTrep ov eya> cTttov Oiria-oi fxov (.p\€.rai avrjp os
3. OuScis yap Smarai raura to. arrjfifla iroulv u crw ttoici? (iii. 2).
1. Mr^ TTOICITC TOV OIKOV To2 TTttTpOS /XOll OiKOV iflTTOpiOV (u. 16).
2. Mt) 6avp.dcrrj^ on eiirov crot (iii. 7).
Princijile 22. The negative with imperative and subjunctive
forms is always fn^.
9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
Bao-iXcta, uvOpoyn-o^, ovofia, apxwv, vv^, yipaiv, (rdpi,
2.
Conjugate 1. Pres. ind. of ttouw, aKovw, Swi^a/iai.
: 2. 2 aor.
4. Translate :
(a) At sight John i. 43-51.
fTTctXcv o ^'eos TOV VLOV CIS TOV Koafiov. 3. O (5c TToioiv TTyv dXr/Wftav
signs which that pro{)het does, Iam not able to do. 4. I say
to them, except they be born again, they cannot see the king-
dom of heaven. 5. They were bf)rn of the will of iii.ui, becausH
they do not know God. 0. He liimself knows all things, and he
124 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
had no need that these men should hear witness concerning the
word. 7. He hears the voice of the wind, but he does not know
whither it blows.
LESSON XXVI.
1 TEXT.
John ill. 11-18.
2. NOTES.!
11. (a) on: "recitative" on, equal to our quotation marks,
(i) XaXrtvfiev for XaXeofiev. (c) fxapTvpov/xev for fiaprvpeofiev,
(d) Xa/ifSdv-eTe, pres. stem Xafi/Sav, from simple stem Xa/3- (§ 83,
1, c), of V. class.
12. (a) Ta iTTi-yeia, things done on earth. (l>) iuv from cl av.
(c) ciTTw :
subj. 2 aor. from cTttov, an irregular 2 aor. (§ 124, 68).
{d) TO. iir-ovpavia, the things that take place in heaven, (e) ttl-
(TTcvcreTe : -ae- marks fut., -re marks ind. act. 2 pers. plur. (§ 89).
13. (rt) ava-f3e{3r]Kev : from uva-ftalvm, perf. stem ;8a-, with redu])l.
and ending -/ca, -Kas, -/<f(v) (§ 92, 1; §109, 1, 2). {h) d fiij,
except, (c) o . . .
Kara^ds, he who descended: from Kara-fSaivut, 2
aor. ind. Karlfiriv (XXIII. N. 1), part. KaTa(^a<i (§ 124, 12).
14. (a) wi/fwo-fv, he lifted xq) : -rrcv marks 1 aor. ind. act. 3
pers. sing. ;
-ti>- the formative lengthening of o, from I'l/zow.
!
Tlie notes hereafter will be divided according to verses.
LESSON XXVI. 125
here (also Gal. ii. 13) with the ind. (c) fj.ovoyivrj for /xovoyevia
-firj
marks 1 3 pers. sing. stem o-ojS-, final 8 of
aor. subj. pass. ;
4 OBSERVATIONS
1. The stem of the fut. act. and mid. is forin.d by ;i(ldiiig
to the simple verb stem, which generally dilft;rs from the
-o-"],-
present stem.
126 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
5. QRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 13, 2. A Lingual Mute be- 8. § 107, 1-2. Synopsis and
fore another Lingual. Inflection of Future.
2. § 13, 9. o- in the Inflection 9. § 92, 1-4. Stem of Perf.
of Verbs. Act.
3. § 40, 5. Inflection of TrdAts- 10. § 94, 1-4. Stem of Perf.
4. § 46, 1. Of aXrjO^s. Mid. and Pass.
5. § 50, 2. Of aiMVioS' 11. § 83, 1. Fifth Class of
6. § 89, 1-4. Future Stem. Verbs.
7. § 95, 3. Stem of 1 Fut. Pass.
6. VOCABULARY A.
7. VOCABULARY B.
8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. ITpo Tov at ^iKiTTirov <f>wvrj(TaL ovra VTrb Trjv crvKrjv etSoi/ ere
(i. 48).
LESSON XXVI. 127
9. EXERCIBEB.
1. Decline :
Maprvpia, vio's, o<^t9
•
•
2. Conjugate :
OtSa, iwpaKa, TrcTrurTcvKa, KiKpifiai TTwrTtucu,
"
4. Translate :
(a) At sight, John ii. 1-25.
Kocr/AU).
5. Translate :
(a) Orally into Groek : 1. John iii. 11-13.
2. iii. 14, 15. 3. iii. 10, 17. 4. iii. 18. 5. i. 43-45. 6. i.
4(1,
only-begotten Son, that every one who believes on him may have
eternallife. 4. He canu; that he might judge the world. 5. He
the world, and they did not believe the teslinioii}' wliich fhe
LESSON XXVII.
1. TEXT.
2. NOTES.
19. (a) iXrjXvOiv : cf. XXV. n. 3. (/>) fxaWov . . .
i], more . . .
by subj. (d) iXeyx^jj -Gfj marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. sing. ;
loroufjht (§ 124, 77) ; -/xeVa marks perf. part. pass. neut. plur.,
agreeing with to.
epya ;
from e>ya^o/^ut, the temporal aug. ei- used
as redupl. iarlu is sing., because
subj. is neuter.
22. (a) yr> acc. sing, of
yr^, contr. for yea (§ 32, 1).
:
(b) Sii-
TpifSiv, haTpifioi, imperf. 3 pers. sing, (c) ilSdnriC^v: imperf.,
because it has the pres. stem (§ 78, 1).
LESSON XXVII. 129
23. (a)
napcytvovTo, therj were coming : from irapa-ytvofxai -ovto ;
marks 3 pers. plur. mid. or pass, of past tenses pres. stem yiv- ;
marks tlie irajjerf. (b) ifSa-rrTiCovTv the stem, with aug. and pers. :
§ 61, 1,2. {d) TTiirXripiinai, from TrXrjpoo), -Co; perf. ind. pass. 3
pers. sing. (§94, 2; § 109).
30. (a) iXaTTovrrOai : -ovcrOai contr. for -(>-eadai, inf. jiass. of
pres
iXaTTuo) -(7),
make less, pass., decrease.
33. (a) c(r(/>puyio-£i'
: 1 aor. ind. act. from IV. class
a-ffipayi^io,
(§ 82, b).
35. (a) dyava : -a contr. for ua (§ 114 ; § 7) ;
ind. pres. 3 i)ers.
sing, of ayaTTUii),
-tli.
36. (a) d.TrtiOC)u: -wu contr. for -iwu, pros. part. act.
4. OBSERVATIONS.
In the N. T. we find periphrases of very common tense-
1.
5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §7,1. Contraction of a, e, o, 7. § 80, 1, 2. Second Class of
6 VOCABULARY A.
22. irovr)p6<;, -a, -ov, evil, bad. 28. <f)avXo^, -f], -ov, evil, had.
23. Trpdaaw, 2^J'<^ctise. 29. <^iAos, -ou, o, friend.
24. prjfia, -Tos, TO, word. 30. (f>v\aKrj, -ij^, ?/, prison.
25. 2aXc(/x, TO, indecl., Salim. 31. xaipoj, rejoice.
26. o-KOTos, -ows, TO, darkness. 32. xo.pa, -as, 17, Joy-
27. a<f)payi^(j), seal. 33. x^'^Pj X^'P°5j ^' hand.
7. VOCABULARY B.
8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. AvVaTc Tov vaov ToiTor (ii. 19). OiKodopiT^Or] 6 vaos outos
(ii. 20).
2. Avtt; ow 17 X'^P^ ^ ^f'^if TTtTrXTjpwTai (iii. 29).
3. OvStis yap Bwarai TuvTa to. (T-qjxua Troitiv (iil. 2).
4. Kat Trap' avTW t/itivav rrjv rjpJpav Ikuvt/jv (l. 39).
ovTos, this, cVeu'o?, that, near!}' always take the article, the pro-
nouns preceding the article or following the noun.
1.
TavT-qv iiroij}(T(v fipxV ''''^^
(Tr]fXU(ov 6 'It](TOV<;,
this did JeSUS
as a beginning of his signs (ii. 11).
9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
'hXi]Bua, yq, <f)i\o<;, tpyov, vios, x^'P? ''P^'^i?. JTkotos,
ouTOS.
v8<«>p, ^»/T?/frts, prjp-a, d\r}$i]<;, ttoXv's, os, iarTr]H(!)s, eVtico?,
2. f>vva-
Conjugate :
ci/ti, (XrjXvOa, ipx"p.ai, iXtyxOw, nnptyiyo/irjv,
f>i?)WKa.
/tai, ScSoyxeVos w, fiapTvpvo, iTiiT\j]pu)p.ai, hihinpi, ayatrdw,
3. Alialyzf! :
'KXriXvOa', rjydirrjfrav, t/v, /ito-ft, iXiyxP^, hujpifitv,
4. Translate :
(a) at sight, John iii. 1-18.
Aoyov /Aor aKovwv kul inaTevwv rui irtfj.ijjuvTL [xe €^et t^^vyi' aiioi'ioi'j Kai
CIS KpicTLV OVK ip^€Tai. 3. 'HyuTTrycrav yap T^i' So^av ToJi' avOptoTKov
/u-uAAov ^ T^v Sd^av toi) ^coC. 4. Ou Swarai 6 koct/jio? /xtcrcti/ vfxas,
ipi. 8e yuKrei, on eyo) fxapTvpui irepi
avTov on ra epya auroi) rrovqpa
icTTiv. 5. El TaCra TroteSf, c^avepwcrov aeauToi/ tw Koafjuo. 6. Tavra
AeAttAi^Ka v/xii' tvu ry X'^P^ V ^t*-V
^^ ipuv r),
kol ij X^P^ vjxwv Tr\y]pwuy.
35, 36.
(f>) 1. This woman came into the city. 2. Who is this man?
3. After these things, he finds this man in the temple and said
to him, Who art thou ? 4. He gave j)ower to him to make
LESSON XXVIII.
1. TEXT.
2. NOTES.
1.
eyvw, he knetv :
(a)
from yivwa-KiD (§ 124, 45); 2 aor.
stem inflected like the 2 aor. iiid. of verli.s in /xi
€yvwj/, yvo;
marks 3 ace. plur. masc.
(§120); -w (b) TrAetWas
:
pers. sing,
of TrAetW, comp. of ttoAv's, niiich (§ 52, 1) declined like ix^l^ojv ;
-y€,
at least.
3. («) aif»^K€i', he went away :
compounded of utto and it^/xi
(i? 122, 2 ; § 9, 2, ^ c) ;
1 aor. a^iiiiKa, -es, -e(v).
4. ti wa.s' necessary :
imperf. of 8ei (XXV. n. 14), 3
(a) €8et,
pers. sing.
6. (a) KiKoTTiuKMs, having r/rotvn weary : -ok marks perf. part,
act. ;
from kottkIoj, -w. {b) iKaOe(€To, he was sittiny : from KaOi'Co-
fjai ;
-€Tomarks 3 pers. sing. ;
the stem, being the same as the
stem 8f<-; 2 aor. imp. act. 2 pers. sing. (^120); <f. c?)(aKiv
is a contr. for 7ri«i', from ttiVw, I drink (§ 124, 157) simple stem ;
(§124, 78) J
c£. €\r]\vda^ (XXV. N. 3). (b) dyopda-oicrii; they
viiyht buy : -a)cri(i') marks subj. act. 3 pers. plur., -a-wcrt(i'),
that it
10. (a) av ^TT/o-as, thou wouldst have asked : -eras marks 1 aor.
(a), (c) tjHiV. contr. for ^dwr, pres. part. act. of t,dw, I live.
12. {a) fji€t^wv, greater: compar. of fieyas (§ 51, 3, and a),
{b) t-jTuv, he drank : 2 aor. ind. ;
from ttiW, cf. N. v. 7, c.
12, b) ;
dv with the subj. is untranslatable, {b) Swcrw, / shall
give : root So-, pres. ind. hihwfxi (§ 121), fut. Swcrw. (c) ov ixrj :
with fut. ind., but in N. T. mainly with aor. subj. {d) yeviycrcTai :
'
3. FORMS FOR SPECIAL STUDY.
SiSwfxi Swfxev (i. 22) 4'Vf^^ TiOrjfiL
hl8oxn(v) (iii. 34) 80s (iv. 7, 10) ^rj (i. 23) TiOrjcnv (ii. 10)
SoxTw (iv. 14) 8€8aiK€(i/) (iii. 35) la-rrjfii cyvw (i. 10, iv.l)
12, iii. iSdOrj (i. 7) Io-t^kci (i. 35)
e8wK((v) (i.
16, iv. 5, 10, 12) fi SeSo/ie'vov (iii. 27) co-tt/kws (iii. 29)
LESSON XXVIII. 135
4 OBSERVATIONS.
1. Tense-stems are inflected either according to the common
inflection (oj form), or the fjn form.
The peculiar inflection of verbs in /xi affects only the pres-
2.
ent and those 2 aor. systems of verbs whose tense-stem does not
end in a variable vowel.
3. The simple stem 80-, give, can be traced in each of the nine
forms in which it has appeared so far.
4. Some verbs whose stems end in a, c, and <>, reduplicate the
simple stem in the present stem (§§ 87, 122), and all these verbs
5. GRAMMAR LESSON
1. § 13, 5, h. V before a Palatal. 7. § 120. Infl. of Pres. Ind. Act.
2. §47, 1. Inflection of o^u's, oi La-rrjfii, Ti6r]fxi, 8i8o>ni.
6 VOCABULARY A.
1 .
rlyopa^oj, hwj. 4. ahtiii, -w, ask.
2. a'uny, -Covo^, o, aye, eternity. 5. aXkoftai, spriiuj up.
7. VOCABULARY B.
4. Ou OVK eifxX iyib a^ios Ivoi kvcrw avTOv tov t/xavra tov ii7ro8T///,aTos
(i-27).
5. 'AAA' iva <f)av€p(i)6rj
tw
tovto rj\6ov iyw (i. 31). 'Icrpar/A Stu
6. Ov vpaav e^X^*' ^'^ ixapTVjnjari iripi tou avOpioTrov (ii. Ii5).
'•^'^
o-iv
(iv. 8).
by the subjunctive.
9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
Yli^yy), p.a6r)Ti'i<i, wpa, Swpcd; Ki'ptos, aioji', 7roA.i5,
Opipfxa, yvvrj, v^wp, avrXiip-a, (fiptup, (iaOvs, ttuls, ttAciwv, ^uoji' (^wi'),
oV, (<e»co7riaKa)9.
2. Conjugate :
"Eyi'wi', 'jKOvaa, iroUw, c^aTTTi^ov, tp^ofxai, tVa^e^o-
3. Analyze :
'Eyvw, Troiel, kfidvTi^fv, u^^kcv, tt7r^X6'€v, tSei, 8iep-
TTcZi', aiTCis, ovcrrjs, crvi'Xpwi'Ta/, eiTrci', i^^cis, yTrjaa.'i, ^wy, cTritr, ttiVwi',
Kdl at X^ip'^ 17P.WV iipji\d(f}rj(rav,^ Trcpi Toi) Aoyou t^9 Cw^s, koi — t/ ^w^
Koi toipd/ta/xfi' k«i jLapTvpovp.(V koX dtrayytWnp.iv vplv
c<f)ai'(pt!)Or},
5. Translate ;
(a) Orally into Greek : 1. John iv. 1-3. 2. iv.
greater than God ? 9. I will give to him the water of life, and
seen, and which we have heard. 12. These things we write unto
voices.
LESSON XXIX. 139
LESSON XXIX.
1. TEXT.
John iv. 15-42.
2. NOTES.
15. (a) Xva ij.r] hixpw : cf .
Principles 22 and 27. (b) avrXiiv :
pres. inf., contr. for avrKtav contr. for avrXduv (§ 101, 1).
16. viraye, ffnovrjcrw cA^e: note the personal endings of the
. . .
cr;!^€i' (XXIV. N. 18). (b) aXr}6i<;, {as) true: an adj.; the ad-
verb would be a\ri6w<i (cf. i.
47). (c) cipr/Kas, thoii hast said:
-Ktts marks perf. 2 pers. sing., used as an irreg. perf. of ctTroi'
(§ 124, 68).
20. irpoiTiKvvTjaav : 1 aor. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. from TrpocrKUfew,
-oj, jjres. inf. act. TrpocrKweir.
21. 0VT6 . . .
ovre, neither . . nor (§ 131, 2).
23. Tou>vT(iv<;, such : ace. plur. masc. of toiovto9, a demons,
pron. of fjuality (§ 63, 5).
24. Tous iTi)0(TKvvuvvTa'i, those who ivorship :
pres. part. ace.
from eo-^icu
(cf. preceding note).
33. (a) f^^ (cf. Principle 26). XXII.
(b) ^v^yK^v (cf. ^vcyKav,
N. 4).
4. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Vowel verbs are contracted in the imperfect as well as in
the present.
2. In the fut. of vowel stems a final short vowel is
generally
lengthened.
LESSON XXIX. 141
3.
Liquid stems add e in place of o- to form the future, and
then contract.
4. Most adverbs are formed from adjectives, and end in -w?.
5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 49, 1. Inflection of ttoAv? 7. § 107, 1, 2. Synopsis of the
2. § 51, 3, a. Of TrXftojv. Future Tense.
3. §60,1. The Keciprocal Pro 8. §114. Infl.ofPres.Ind.Act.
noun. of Contract Verbs.
4. § 63, 5. Infl. of toioi)to5. 9 § 114. Of Imperf. Ind. Act.
5. § 67, L Of aAXo9, of Contract Verbs.
6. §89, 1-4. The Future 10 §126, 1-6. Formation of
Stem. Adverbs.
6. VOCABULARY A.
7. VOCABULARY B.
8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. H X'^P'? 'fcii
^7 aXrjOeLa 81a. 'Irjcrov Xpia-Tov iyevero (i. 17).
2. H (TiiiTfjpia eK Toir 'lonSat'wv Icttiv (iv. 22),
Principle 28. The Greek very often uses the article with ab-
stract nouns, in which case it generally must be left untranslated
in English.
^
Only here.
LESSON XXIX. 143
9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline :
llpo<fii^T]<;, a-tttrqpia, Mfcrcriag, X*^P"j /capTros, ywiQ,
•
avrjp, Travi'ip, I3puiai<;, opo?, ^pwpia 6, aurds, aWos, <tv, (Kelvo^, ovtos,
TTlUKa.
3.
Analyze :
Oi8ap.ev, aK-qKoapev, TTio-TCvo/xcv, i-rricrTfvcrav, c^icivev,
*
(i) Kai co'Tt*' avTi] y tlyycXux j)!' aKrjKoafiev air airrov kol dvayycX-
Ao/icv ti/iii',
oTt 6 ^(o? ^a»? etTTiv koi (TKOTia ovK tariv iv avT<Z oiSc^io.
(OLV (iiruififv oTi KMvioviav e^optv fi(T auToti, (cat iv T<p o"KOT€t Trcpt-
^
TraToi/xev, \p(vS6picf)a koi ov iroiovfifv Tr]v aX-qOaav ' iav St tv to)
u/xapria? (1 John i.
5—7).
5. Translate :
(a) Orally into Greek : 1. John iv. 15-18-
2. iv. 19-22. 3. iv. 23-20. 4. iv. 27-30. 5. iv. 31-34. G. iv.
'
Message, only 1 John i. .'i
;
iii. 11.
2
fti/5o/«u, lie, speak falsely.
*
KaOaptj^w, cleanse, purify.
144 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
speaks with this man. 8. He has food to eat which the others
tAaAeov.
LESSON XXX.
1. TEXT.
2 NOTES.
43. (a) fiera, after : cf. l*rin. 29. (b) iKei-Oei', thence : the
suffix -dey is often used to form adverbs (§ 126, 3), denoting
place whence, as -Se denotes place whither, cf. irOa-8e (iv. 15, 16).
always governs the ace, and is correlative with iv, in, and oppo-
site to iK, ii, out of (§ 125, 2, c).
44. h', in :
always with the dative, denoting joZace in, sphere
in, time in, instrument, power (§ 125, 2, h).
45. (a) eSe^avTo, they received : -avro marks 1 aor. mid. 3 pers.
nom. plur. masc. of perf. part. act. in -w^ (§ 48, 5). (c) ocra,
whatsoever tilings : ace. ueut. plur. after tTroLrjaev.
the pres. stem, formed from the stem Ova- by adding -ctkcj (§ 84,
1), and is therefore of VI. class (cf. § 124, 100).
48. 7rio-T£wrjT€ :
-arjre marks 1 aor. subj. act. 2 pers. plur.
49 (a) KaTd(3r]di : -Ol marks 2 imper. act. of /u inflec-
aor.
tion (§ 120 ), cf. V. 47, c. (6) ano-Oaveiv, to die: 2 aor. inf. act.
of a7r(j-0yr'i(TKi,> ( V. 47, /) ;
6av- is the simple stem, $vu- the perfect
stem (-§ 124, 100).
50. (a) TTopevov : -ov marks pres. imper. mid. (>; 105). (/') ly,
he lives: -jj
is an irreg. contr. of -dei ( § 114, 1 ; § 124, DO)-
52. (a) iirv6eTo, he inquired : wvO- is the stem of 2 aor. ;
to
form the stem (-wfim-) add av°|e-, and as the vowel of irvO-
[ires,
is short, insert a (§ 83, 1, c); of the V. class; a depon. verb,
i'
4 OBSERVATIONS.
1.
Many verbs are irregular, different parts of the verb being
derived from themes essentially different.
2. The special information needed concerning each verb may
be found by referring to the list of irregular verbs given in
§124.
5. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 74, 4. Imperf. of /ac'AXo). 7. § 125, 2. The Meaning of
2 § 75, 4. Perfect of olkovu). the Prepositions.
3 § 125, 1. The Use of Prepo- 8. § 130. The Neg. Adverbs.
sitions. 9. §131,1-3. Copulative and
4. § 125, 2, a. Use of diro and tV. Disjunctive Particles.
5. § 125, 2, b. Use of eV and eh. 10. § 131, 1-3. Adversative
G. §125,2, rf.
Useof^cra. and Inferential Particles.
6 VOCABULARY A.
1. dTTo-dv-qa-KO),
die. 14. fiiWu), am about to do any-
2. aaOevtw, -w, am sick, weak. thing.
3. y3ao-iXt»coq, -TQ, -dv, royal. 15. oiKi'd, -d?, rj,
house.
4. /Jao-tXiKos, -ov, o, king's offi- 16. oXo?, --q, -ov, whole.
cer. 17. TraiSiov, -ou, to, child.
5. ^exofiai, receive.
18. Trais, TraiSds, o, child.
6. ooCXos, -ov, 6, servant. 19. Trarpi?, -iSos, ^, one's native
7. £^So/A09, -7], -OV, seventh. country.
8. fKcWev, thence. 20. TTopevofiai, go, depart.
9. tx^es, adv., yesterday.
21. TrptV, before that.
10. ^817, now, already. 22. TrvvOdvofJiai, inquire.
11. Idoftai, -w/iai, /iPa/, «<re. 23. TTvpfTos, -ov, 6, fever.
12. Ko^Lxporepov, adv., better.
24. Tfpa<;, -aT09, to, wonder.^
13. KOfjul^oTepov €^0), am bet 25. Tt/x?;, -^s, ^, honor.
ter. 26. {iTT-avTacD, -w, meet.
^
Only in i)lur. in N. T., and always joined witli (rij^eta.
LESSON XXX. 147
7. VOCABULARY B.
8. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. "Ore ovv yyepOr] tn vtKpwv (ii. 22).
2. MfTo. Tttvra ^XOev 6 'Irjcrov^ (iii. 22).
3. 'H aurrrjfjta tK tu)v 'louSaioji/ Icttiv (iv.
22 ;
cf. iv. 9).
1. 'E^>;^o/i€vov CIS Tov KoafJ-ov (i. 9). 2. ^HXOtv £<? TTjV TaXiXaiav
(iii. 24).
2. Of motion or direction to, unto:
1. Els' rd lSlul
r/XOev (i. 11). 2. 'EkXv/^'t; Sc Kal 6 lr)<TOV<;
. . . cis
T0|/ ydfiov (ii. 2). 3. AwTot yap ^X6'oi' £is Tr;r koprrfv (iv. 45).
3. Of end or aim, w7t<o .•
1. 'O tiv CIS Tov koXttov tow Trarpos ckcivo? i^rjyrjcraTO (i. 18).
9. EXERCISES.
1. Decline 'H/icpa,:
ti/at/, oTvo9, uios, arjixtiov, TraiSiov, Trarpis, repa?,
kXuMV.
4. Translate at sight :
(a) John iv. 15-42.
(b) 1. 'Eav ciTToj/Afv OTi dfiapriav ovk t)(pp.ev, €avTov<; TrXavMfxcv,
KOI Tj aXyjOeia ovk tcmv iv r]fuv. cav ofioXoyuifjLev Ta§ dyuaprias rjfiG)V,
^ ®
TTto-TOS €(TTiv Ktti 8iKaios iVa u^jj T^p-iv Tcis d/i,apTia? «:ai KaOapLO-r]
46, 47. 3. iv. 48-50. 4. iv. 51, 52. 5. iv. 53, 54.
they did not receive him. 3. He was coming unto the feast.
4. They were asking that he should come up. 5. He is not
them, and the father of the child in that hour believed on the
name of the Saviour of the world. 9. This did Jesus as a second
miracle.
Ti/taoj. 9. Use of prepositions. 10. Use of airo and tV. 11. Use
of £V. 12. Use of €ts. 13. Use of fiira. 14. -cus, -dcr, -St.
conjunctions.
lutely mastered.]
1 VOCABULARY.
Review the words given
1. in the vocabulary of Lesson X.,
covering John i. 1-19.
2. Review the words given in the vocabulary of Lesson XX.,
covering John i. 20-51.
.3. Revi(!W the vocal)ularies given in Lessons XXl.-XXIV.,
covering second chapter of John.
4. Tk(!vi«'W \]\(' vocaliularie.s given in Lessons XXV.- XXX.,
covering third and fourfb chapters of John.
5. Review List I., of 95 verbn occurring innp' than fifty tiinr.s
in N. T.. and note how many vcrb.s an' found in .Inlm i. l-iv. 54.
fifty times in N. T., and note how many r)f these words are found
in John i. l-iv. .54.
150 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
governing (1) gen. only ; (2) dat. only ; (3) ace. only ; (4) gen.
and ace. ; (5) gen., dat., and ace.
2. TEXT.
John ii. 1-iv. 54.
fluently.
2. With only the literal translation before the eye, pronounce
the Greek of each verse until this can be done without hesitation.
3. Then write the Greek text of each verse until it can be
(e) in -de, (/) contracts in -fj ; (2) second deck, (a) masc. in
-09, {b) fern, in-o?, (c) neut. in -nv (3) third deck, (a) stems ;
merals, (3) pronouns, (4) prepositions, (.5) adverbs, and (6) con-
junctions, which occur in the second, third, and fourth chapters.
7. Arrange in alphabetical order, in four classes ( (1) vowel,
(2) in V), (3) deponent, (4) in /xi ), all the verbs which occur in
these chapters of John.
1
To fulfil this and the various rp(|uiiemeiits which follow, time, accuracy,
and patience will be needed. No .student who has ever done such work will
fail to appreciate the good results which will surely follow.
LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW. 151
subjunctive.
10. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring in (1) the impera-
tive, (2) the infinitive.
11. Make a list of all verb-forms occurring as participles.
12. Prepare a tabular statement for future use, covering all
these topics.
3. GRAMMAR LESSON.
[Before the student begins this review, he should study the Grammar
Lesson given in the reviews of Lessons X. and XX.
o<f)is, icpiats.
33 §67,1. OfnfXXos.
15. §40,6. Inflection of /SaatXei^r, .34. §72,1-6. The ten.'^e.^.
Povs. 35. §74,1-10. The augment.
152 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
art. ind., subj., imper., part. 78. § 120. 01 dve^rjv, tyvatv, Ka-
57. §105. Pres. mid. and pass. Ta/3a}, 8ii), KaTajirjOi, 86s-
pass.
59. § 107, 1, 2. Synopsis of the 81. §122, 16. Inflection of pres.
future of Xvo). and imperf. ind., pres. subj.,
60. § 107, 2. Inflection of Xvtrw, and pres. part, of et/ii.
Xvcrwi', 'Kvaoyim, Xvcrofitvos, 82. § 125, 1, 2. The use and mean-
Xvdrjaoiiai, XvOtjcrofifuoi. ing of the prepositions.
61. §108, 1-4. Synopsis of 1 aor. 83. § 126, 1-6. Formation of ad-
62. verlis.
§108,2-4. IiiflpctioriofeXvo-n,
Xvrro), Xvaov, \viTns,(Xvcrafir]v, S4. §130. Negative adverbs.
Xvrrafiai, Xvfrni, Xucrd/iei'os, 85. §131,1-3. Conjunctions con-
(Xvdrjv, \v6oi), XvdrjTl- necting co-ordinate sentences.
LESSON XXXI. — REVIEW. 153
4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
iii. 22).
3. Illustrate Principles 15 (cf. iv. 32) and 16 (cf. iii. 8, 15,
iv. 27 ;
2 of avrwi', iv. 38, 52 13 of ainw 3 of avrols ; 7 of ; ;
aUTTj).
6. Principles 21 (cf . iv. 5, 14, 50) and 22 (cf. iii. 16, 20 ;
iv. 15).
5. EXERCISES,
1. 1 John i. 1-4. 2. i. 5. 3. i.
0, 7. 4. i.
8, 9. 5. i. 10.
154 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
LESSON XXXII.
[New words will be found in the vocabulary at tbe end of the Greek
text of the Gospel of St. John. The student will prepare for himself a
list of all the new words
occurring in each lesson, and memorize the
same. This list may be kept in a small note-book and preserved for
future reference and comparison.]
1. TEXT.
John v. 1-23.
2. NOTES.
2. (a) eVt T^ Trpo(3aTtKfi, at the sheep (gate) :
ttvAt/, gate, being
understood, cf. Prin. 30. (b) iTriXeyofitv-q :
pres. pass. part, of em,-
Atyoj, name, surname.
3.
(a) KariKUTo, ivas lying down: imperf. ind. act. 3 pets,
sing, of Kard-Keifjiai (§ 122, 15). (b) dcrOevovvTwv contr. for daOe-
:
Prin. 30.
6.
(a) KaraKeifLtvov, lying down : pres. act. part, (b) yvov<; :
2 aor. act. part, of yLvwaKoj ; stem yic- inflected like SiSous ;
(§ 48, 2).
7.
(a) rai)a-^6r\ :
-6rj marks 1 aor. subj. pass. 3 pers. sing., from
Ta.pd(T(Ti)), agitate, trouble ; stem rapay-, of the Iota (IV.) class, y
see § 75, 1.
(b) apai: 1 aor. inf. act. of aipw (§ 124, 5).
LESSON XXXII. 155
11. («) but this one: the relative pron. has the force
OS 8(,
3. OBSERVATIONS.
Kdfiai, KmajiaiVM.
3. V. G. -Dus marks the ending of the part. act. of stems in -o-
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 48, 2. Inflection of Movs. 6. § 88, 1. Tenth Class.
2. § 48, 3. Of Xvd^is. 7. § 114, 1. Inflection of Pres.
3. § 52, 1-3. Comparison of Subj. Act. of Contract
K«Ko?, TToAi'?, Trpo. Verbs.
4. § 68. Correlation of Pro- 8. § 120. Of Pres. Ind. Act. of
nouns. SeiKvvfjii.
5. VOCABULARY.
1.
Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in
this lesson.
2. Learn the correlative adverbs given under List IX.
3. Learn under the List of Verbs of the First Class in -/xi
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. (a) Mcf'^w TOVTwv oiprj (i. 50) .
(b) Mrj (tv fici^wv el tov Trarpos
tjlJ.wv IaKu)(3 / (iv. 12) .
(c) Kal ixf.it,ova toutwv 8ei$€i avTw cpyo
(v. 20).
LESSON XXXII. 157
2. (a) ^lr](rov<s nXuova'i fxaOrjra^ ttoui rj 'Iwdvr]<; (iv. 1). {b) Kal
rjydTrr](Tav
oi dvOpoiTTOi /J.aAAoi' to trKOTOs 17 to ^uJs (iii. 19).
(a) "Oti av \iyrf v/XLV TronijaaTe (ii. 5). (b) "Os S' av irir)
Ik tov
'
vSttTOs ov iyu) 8ajo"w avTw (iv. 14). ((^)
A yap av cKCtvos Troirj,
(a) Hois idv eiTToj vfXLv rd i-rrovpavia 7rt(TTeweTe ; (iii. 12), (b^'Edv
fj.rj (rr)p.iia Kal repara l?)rjT€ (iv. 48).
3. Temporal clauses (orav = ot€ nv) :
(a) Kal orav fji.iOv<T$w(Tiv tov ikda-aw (oivoi/ TiOrjair) (ii. 10).
"
(b) "Orav fXOri Iku,vo%, dvayyeXu rifjuv dnavra (iv. 25). (c) kvOpo)-
TTOV OVK i\(j}
Lva — orav Tapa)^6fj to vSwp
— ftdXrj fx€ et? tt|v KoXvfifiy'i-
7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of ovtos, 6, ttoAu's, vyirjs, iyw, ti?, ttS?.
2. JJedine :
Eo^tt;, crrod, n\rj6os, Ito?, totto?, Kpt'rrts, yror'?, iJ8(i)p,
4. (Jonjugate :
'AiriKpiO-qv, rapa)(0(7i, (idXw, ip^ofiat, lytipf, iytvn-
prjr, yiyova, ytvwfiai, i^uoKov, eVoi'eof, dTrfKpiydprjv, ipydl^ofiai, 8vva-
fiai, 8(iKvt)fu, hd^o), Ti/xdw (pres. ind.), rifidw (pre.s. subj.).
5.
Analyze :
Ac'Soj^ev, ^ounroul, iytipd, Oavfid^rjTf, fitiKi'vatv, f/jiAei,
idv Tts d/xapTr],^ irapdKXr^Tov^ l^ofxtv irpos tov Trarepa lijauiv ^piarov
SiKaiov, /cat avTos IXaa/Jios* iariv Trcpi rwv dp.apTiwv y/fxCiiv, ov Tripi twv
TZ/ACTcpaJV 8c fiQvov dAAa >cai trtpX oXov toS Kocr/xov. 3. Koi iv tovtw
^
yLvwaKOfxev oTt fyvwKafjuv avTov, idv to,? ivroXds avTov Trjpwfjuv.
4. 6 Ac'ywv oTi E-yvtoKa avToi' Kai ras eVroAas avrov fir] rrjpwv,
your beds, and walk. These men took up their beds and were
6.
walking. 7. They who were healed did not know who the man
was who said to them, Behold ye have been made whole. 8. He
does not work and he shall not eat. 9. Whatsoever thing this
man may do, this thing I also will do. 10. I show him good
works, but he will show me greater works than these.
urge the student not to u.se the English Version in reading the Epistles
of
John, selections from which are given for sight reading. The vocabulary of
the Epistles of John is included in the vocabulary at the end of the Gospel.
2 ^
2 aor. subj. with simple stem. Cowfortfr, helper,
* ^
Propitutlinn. Pert., stem 7»'o-.
* Pres. subj.
''
We have three illustrations of Prin. 33 in this section.
'
Perf. pass. ^
d<pd\o}, I owe.
LESSON XXXIII. 159
litrd. 10. Of CIS. 11. eVi witli the dat. 12. cVi with the ace.
13. Constructio praegnans. 14. Kara in composition. 15. Mean-
ing of imperfect. 16. Usage of comparative. 17. Of dv with
relative clauses. 18. With conditional and temporal clauses.
19. Principles 1-10.
LESSON XXXIII.
1. TEXT.
John v. 24-47.
2. NOTES.
of. Prin. 22. 29. -n-pd^avTes simple stem npay-, 1 aor. stem :
npa^- (y(T
- $), pres. stem npaa-cr- (§ 82, 1, a. Cf. § 124, 168).
33. aTTC-o-ToiA-KaTC :
perf. stem <rTaX-, cf. d7r£-(rTaX-/xcVos ; simple
.stem -<TT(\-, as seen in fut. (§ 124, 179) ;
1 aor. stem -crreiA-, cf.
36. uuTu rd Ipyi, the very works. 37. oxni oirre, ne/- . . .
idrc oontr. for ipavvdiTt, 2 jM-ns. phir. jtr's. itid or pres. iin[)rr.
42. tyi'WKa :
perf ind. act.
.
;
stem yvo-, pres. stem ytvwo-K- (§ 84,
l,/>; §124, 45). 43. (a) iXy)Kv6a\ perf. ind. of tpxofj^ai
deponent verb, pres. ind. mid. 2 pers. plur. of 8vvufjiat (§ 122, 11).
45. rjXTTLKaTe, 1/6 have hoped: perf. ind. act. of iXmCw (§ 124,
75). 46. (a) tVtcrT£V€T£ :
imperf. ind. act., occurring twice ;
3 OBSERVATIONS.
1. V. 24. There have been thus far 39 examples of ck (c^),
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 82, 1, e. Iota Class of 5. § 125, 3. Improper Prepo-
Verbs in -av. sitioiis.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words
in this lesson.
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. Particular pure supposition :
1. Et Ttt tTTiyeia iliTOv vftlv Kai ov Trio-TcreTc (iii. 12 a).
2. El Se TOis cVciVoi; yi><i.fj.fxacnv ov Tricrrei'tTC, ttws tois e/u.ots f'yf^oL-
<TLV TTKTTfVmTC ; ( V. 47 ) .
1. El i[i?)f.LS Ti]t' rto^itai/ ToO Okiv . . . <rv <iv j^Tijcra'; (ivTor k(u. trttoKci'
(v. 43).
7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of a-v, avros, ^m^, ijxavrov, aXAos, cTSos.
2. Decline :
"ilpa, dXydem, (fxavrj, vids, Xv)(yos, ^pyov, dvao-Tacns,
jnanviTt, Trto-TeurreTf.
6. Translate orally :
(a) John ii. 12-25. (b) v. 24-47.
'
^
(c) 1. AyaTrrjToi, ovk ivroX-qv Kaivrjv ypd<po} vplv, aXX ivroXrjv
^
TraXaiai/ r/v €i;(€Tt
dir dpxr]^- 2. rj ivToXr] r)
iraXaid eVriv o Aoyos hv
<haiv(.u 4. 6 Xiywv iv Tui <^wTi eivat Koi tov d^iXcjiov avTOV fXKritiV,
iv
fiivfif Kal crKtti'8a\ov ci' auTw ovk itrriv. 6. o St fxiawv tov dotXtftov
airrov, iv rn (tkotlo. co-tii' koi iv rfj o-kotlo. TreptTraTci, koi ovk oi8ev ttov
^
virdyci, on rj
aKoria iritjiXuHrev tous 6(t>9aXfJLov(; avrov (1 John ii.
7-11).
2 3
1 New. Old. cf. Tv<p\6s, blind.
LESSON XXXIII. 163
2. Ei Kttt
Trarifja /xovToj/av fjSttTt. 3. Et 6 ^£09 Trar-qp
ifjii TjSctTe,
CTTcvcTc /u.ot ; 5. Euv Tis Sii/'a, ip)(^E(r6(xi npos /ac kui jrii'eTw. 6. 'Eav
find the truth. 7. He has come in his own name, and no one
will receive him.
LESSON XXXIV.
1. TEXT.
2. NOTES.
2. rjKoXovdei, i6(o')povv, tVoici three imperfects.
: 3.
IkoBtjto :
pres. stem ttittt- (§ 124, 159). (c) toi/ dptOfiov. ace. of specifi-
cation. 11. r}6(.\ov imperf. ind. act. 3 pers. plur. of 6ekw
:
plur. neut. 1 aor. part. act. (c) uTrdAi^Tai 2 aor. subj. mid. 3 :
yeipcTo imperf. :
pass. 3 pers. sing. ;
note Sic- (so Tr WH) in-
space nom. sing. araSiov, -ov, to, plur. tu o-ruSia, here according
;
av-itTT-qpii.
3 OBSERVATIONS
1. Vv. T), 28. In simple sentences, the subjunctive is used in
4.
-dpiov is a neuter ending, and is used to form diminutivef\
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §19,2; §20,2, c. Accent of 6. §74,4. Double Augment.
Proclitic before Enclitic. 7. 121.
§ Synopsis of Ind. Act.
2. § 37, 1. oraSious and ordSia. of laTTjfii.
3. § 49, 1. Inflection of /xeyas. 8. § 132. Formation of Words.
4. § 63, 5. Of Too-owTos. 9. § 133. Primitives and De-
5. § 64, 2. Of 00-09. nominatives.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order all the new words in this
les.son and commit.
2. Under List II., of verbs occurring 10-50 times, learn 96-
149.
3. Under List of Irregular Verb.s (§ 124), learn the verbs,
with their compounds, numbered 38, 44, 45, 46, 47, 50,
54, 60,
64, 68, 72, 73.
6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. AvTo<; ri efieXXev Troitiv (vi. 6).
yap ^Sfi
2.
ITotiyo-aTC Toiis a.v6pu)irov^ dvaTr€cr€iv (vi.
10).
3. MfXXovcriv tpxefrOai kol upTrd^eiv avruv (vi. 15).
4. HOeXov ow Xa^ctv uvtov cis to ttXchov (vi. 21).
5. Aprov Ik tov ovpavov t^cDKCif aurois (f>ayt1v (vi. 31).
Principle 35. The infinitive regularly stands as the object of
verbs denoting purpose, intention, or result.
LESSON XXXIV. 167
7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of 7roA.iJs, /^ao-iXcu'?, BdXacraay ovpav6<;.
2. Decline :
Ti), ijfiepa, dpT09, -n-aiSapiov, o;^Xos, opo9, KXdcr/xa,
4. Conjugate :
^dyw, apKcui, -w, voirjaov, iytfiiaa, KarijBrjVy e'ycyo-
5.
Analyze :
'Att^X^ck, r}Ko\<)vOci, iiroUi, iKdQrjTo, 6facrdp.(vo<;,
*
(cf. § 122, Ii). wxdw, -w, conquer.
168 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
boy had five barley loaves, but he gave them to that sick man.
4. Do thou make him to sit down. 5. He distributed the bread
to those sitting 6. The fragments whieli remained tilled
down.
six baskets. They embarked in the boat and went beyond
7.
the sea into the city. 8. He wishes to take them into the boat,
but they are afraid. 9. Work thou for the meat which abideth
unto eternal life. 10. What must I do that I may work the
works of God ? 11. The father will give bread to his sons.
3. Inflection of y?}.
4. Of opos, (SacriXev^. 5. Of ^paxv<;, SiSoi;?,
6. General view of tenses. 7. e^eXXof, ij/jLeWof. 8. The
/Acyas.
use of the subjunctive. 9. oi /itr;.
10. -dpiov. 11. Principles
21-25.
LESSON XXXV.
1 TEXT.
2 NOTES. 1
assigned.
LESSON XXXV. 169
51. t,u)v : contr. for ^aoji-, pres. part. act. of ^dw, live.
52. (a) ifjidxovTo: imperf. mid. 3 per.s. plur. of fidxofxai, JiffJit,
par. of TT/jo (§ 52, 2), used adverbiall}^, before; with the art. =
the first time. 63. wi^tXci: -ci contr. for -e'ct, pres. ind. of
il)(^eXii>>,
64. (a) "HiSti: = ^8ei, cf. § 3, 2.
profit. (A) tiVc?:
interrog. pron., not tuc?, indef pron. (o) Tvapa^dio-utv fut. part, . :
(b) eXpyfKa, I have said : irreg. perf. (of obsolete pita) in use as
the perfect of cittov (§ 124, G8) .
(c) ^ SeSu/xevoi', ^Y ?na?/ ie ^iVcti
him: perf. subj. pass, of BlSw/ii.
(a) 66. ck toutou, i/^jo^i
this: not siniply temporal, y/'om ^A/s time, nor simply causal, o?i
this account, (b) eis to. omcrw, unto the thinr/s that are behind:
= back. 67. fii'i
: an interrog. particle expecting the answer
no (cf. Prin. 26). 68. d7r£A.ei)cro/i.€^a : fill. iiid. I pers. plur.
of uwepxupai (§ 124, 78). 70. i${\e^dfi7jy : 1 aor. ind, mid.
of eV-Xeyo), ]ji<k out, choose. 71. (a) -i/'/xojroq
:
gen. sing.
(b) Trapadi^i'ji'ui, to betray :
pres. inf. of irapa^iBwiu (§ 119).
3 OBSERVATIONS.
1. There are two negative particles, i,\ and //;).
Verify.
170 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 22. Transference of Greek 5. § 52, 1-4. Irregular Corn-
Words into English. parison.
2. § 23, 1-4. Definition of Ety- 6. § 53, 1. Numerals.
mology. 7. § 59, 1-3. Eeflexive Pro-
3. §24,1,2. Number and Gen- nouns.
der. 8. § 67, 1-3. Distributive Pro-
4. § 51, 1-3. Comparison of nouns.
Adjectives.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in
this lesson.
2. Under List II., of verbs, learn 150-199.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and
their compounds, numbered 74, 77-80, 85, 89-93, 95, 96, 100,
102.
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX
1. 'Hv Se cyyvs to Tracr^a, rj loprr] twv lovoaiwv (vi. 4).
(vi. 45).
Principle 39. The adjective ttus, a^Z, ever?/, generall}' takes the
predicate position.
LESSON XXXV. 171
7. EXERCISES.
1. Wi'ite the inflection of ^mrj, vi6^, iraTrjp, crdp$, avT05, (U.
2. Decline :
MaOrjTT]^, /XTjTrjp, apros, aifxuf ttoctl^, o?, oviSci?, ttS?,
6. Translate orally :
(a) iii. 22-36. (i) vi. 22-40.
(c) 1. M^ dyaTrare TOV KOtr/xov /xrySt ra ci' t(iI Koo-yixo). 2. 'Edv Tt?
to;/ Kocrfiov, ovk tcTTiv rj aydirrj roC TraTpo? ei/ awToi. 3. Oti
dyaTTu
TTUK TO iv T«3 Kocrfjiti), 7) tiTidvfJLia Trj<; o"ap»cos Kat i^ tTriww/it'u twv ocfidaX.-
fjLO)V
Koi 1] aXat^ovia Tou ^Siou, ouk co-tiv ck toC TroTpo?, uAAtii tK rod
LESSON XXXVI.
1 TEXT.
2. NOTES.
3. fieTci/SrjBi
: 2 aor. imper. 2 pers. sing, of fierafiaivui (§ 124,
12). 5. c-TTicTTtD-ov impei'f 3 pcrs. plur.
: . 6. irdp-eariv :
from Trap-€ifxi.
7. avTov : i. e. rov Kocrfiov. 8. uvd/^-ijre :
cf.
fjitTufiijdi,
2 aor. imper. act. of form in /xi (§ 120).
11. ili]Tow iniperf. act. 3 pers. plur.
: 12. (a) ol /xeV . . .
pres. part. fern. gen. sing., of fiea-ow, -w, be midway ; gen. absolute
(temporal), (cf. nn. on vi. 18, 23). 15. fiefiaOqKU)^ :
perf.
17. (a) yvdycrerai
part. act. of fiavOdvu) (§ 124, 134). fut. :
. or.
. . 19. ov in an interrog. sentence expects the answer
(/;) cVc'^aAcv : 2 aor. ind. act. of IwL-fSdXXw (§ 124, 28). (r) iXy-
XvOcl: pluperf. ind. act. of ipxa/xai (§
124, 78). 31. (n) in)
object if one hears the person or thing with his own ears.
34. (rjTijaere evpijcreTc both in fut. ind. act.
. . . :
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. 8e
(postpositive) is adversative, but is less emphatic than
dXXd (10 cases of St, 7 of dXXd in this lesson verify). ;
tence, and the two are then said to be in the genitive ab.solute.
7. The
genitive absolute is used to denote the relations of
cau.sc, time, manner, or circumstance.
8. ov (ovx) in direct sentence questions expects an aflirmative
answer; /*»/,
a negative one.
4 GRAMMAR LESSON
1. §13, 1-13. Euphony of Cun- f). ii
131, .^>. The Interrogative
SKiiaiits. rarticlcs.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in
this lesson.
2. Under List II. of verbs, learn 200-249.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and
their compounds, numbered 107, 117, 120, 121, 124, 125, 128,
129, 132, 134, 136-139, 144-147, 151, 153-155, 157.
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. "H re ddXaaaa dfc/Aou fxeydXov TrvtovTo<; Sicycipcro (vi. 18).
(Causal.)
2. "Oirov e<f)ayov tov dprov ev^apiaT^(TavTO<; tov Kvpiov (vi. 23).
(Temporal.)
3. "USt] Sk Trjs lopTtjs /jiC(T0ucr»/s di'e(3r] 'I?;croi5s cis to Upov (vii. 14).
(Temporal.)
Principle 40. A noun and a participle not immediately de-
pendent on any other word in the sentence may stand by them-
selves in the genitive, and the two are said to be in the genitive
absolute.
7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of p.a6r]TT]<i, Koap^os, 'upov, aXXos, tis, 6.
2. Decline ;
AiSa;^?;, S6$a, ;^pdvo?, o[f/L'i, X^'Pj 6i\r]p.a, iSios, oiiSeis.
3. Write the inflection of i^i]Tovv, fbrwv, yivMo-Kw, Svpap-ai, tlTrov.
LESSON XXXVI. 175
4. Conjugate :
(^avipwaov, avijirjv, olha, iXi]Xv6a,irtfi^a<;,
"YTTo-yc,
)^pi(Tpa €;(CTC OTTO Toti dyiou, Kai otSart irdvTa. 7. Ouk typaipa vp.lv
OTi OVK oiSarc t^v dXi/^eiai', dAX' on oiSarc arrr^v, kui on irdv i/'£i!8o5
because the crowd was seeking to take him. 2. Come down and
LESSON XXXVII.
1. TEXT.
2. NOTES.
37. (a) i(TTr]K€i (cicTTT/Kct) :
pluperf. with force of imperf., from
laTTjixi (§ 121). (b) Suj/a : contr. for 8nj/drj, pres. subj.
38. pivaovau' : fut. ind. act. of
pitxt, fiotv (§ 124, 172).
which a part is taken), rtve's, some, being omitted, the gen. taking
the place of the subject. 41. /xt; shows that a neg. answer
is expected. 42. or^ shows that an affirmative answer is
expected. 45.
^yaytre : 2 aor. ind. act. of ayoj (§ 124, 2).
47. TrevXavqaOe :
perf. ind. pass. 2 pers. plur. of TrAavaw, -w, lead
astray. 51. (a) d/covcrr; : 1 aor. subj. (b) yvw 2 aor. subj.:
of yii/wcTKco.
52. eyetperai, he arises :
pres. ind. mid. 3 pers.
sing. viii. 2. (a) 6p6pov, at daybreak : an example of a
gen. phrase in a partitive sense, used to denote a general state-
ment of time. (/>) rjp-^ero imperf. 3 pers. sing, of Ip^ofxat,:
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The whole fi-om which a part is taken is expressed by the
partitive genitive.
2. This genitive commonly depends upon (1) partitive adjec-
tives, (2) the indefinite and interrogative pronouns, and (3) nu'
nierals.
3. AVhen the indefinite pronoun is omitted, this genitive may
4. GRAMMAR LESSON
1. §25,1-3. Cases. 5. §134. Formation of Denom-
2. § 56, 1. Distributives. inative Nouns.
3. §114. Inflection of I'res. 6. §142. Foreign Words in
this lesson.
2. Under T.ist II. of verbs, learn 250-200.
3. Un<lfT Tii.st of Trrfgulnr Verbs (§ 124) li'.irti verbs and
their fonipoiiiid.s, nuiiiljered 150-102, IGG-IGO, 172, 173, 170,
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX
1. *Ev Tairrais kutc/ccito TrX.rjOos
rCjv da-OcvowTwv, TVffiKojv, ^loXwy,
7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of ypae^?;, o;^A.09, opos, /u-cyas, €yw, (TV.
2. Decline :
F^, yvvr), vhmp, irvtvfia, a-^iafjia, dp;^iepevs, cIs, ttSs.
4. Conjugate :
Eittov, iyepo/irjv, 7rnr\dvr)fji.ai, iTrop€v6r)v, /SaXe.
5. Analyze :
icttt^kci, tKpa$(v, Sitf/a, ip\€(TOo), Trii/CTO), pevaovcnv,
£/xcAAoi', i8o$da6r}, Tndaai, If^akov, rjydytTe, TviirXdvrjcrOi, aKovar),
d/xapravc.
6. Translate orally :
(a) iv. 27-54. (5) vii. 1-36.
coTiv 6 ti ft^ 6 dpi'oiip.ei'os on 'It/o-ovs ovk co-tiv
(c) 1. Ti's ij/evaTrj's
TOI/ vioi/ Kai tov TraTepa e^^'* ^' ^/**^''5 o rjKovaaTC dir
o/xoAoywv
6. 'Eav iv vjxiv IJ-Wj] o rxTr apxrjs r}KOV(TaT€, kol
dp)(rjs, iv vfuv /xcvctoj.
v/xiL't
iv Tw vlw KOL iv Tw TTttTpt fxivtiTC. 7. Kat avTTj iaTiv -f] inayye-
Ai'a ^v avTos eTTijyytiAaTo rjixiv, ttjv ^(utjv t^v atwviov (1 John ii.
22-25).
Translate 1. The Son of Man will come at the last day.
7. :
2. Let him come unto me and I will give him the water of life.
3. He who believeth on the name of the Saviour of the world
thou also believe on him ? 10. Jesus bowed down and wrote on
the ground with his finger.
flection.
LESSON XXXVIII.
1. TEXT
John viii. 12-59.1
2. NOTES
12. (a) ov ftrj
:
emphatic negation followed by aor. subj.
14. kolv: crasis
(h) Uti: fut. ind. act. of c^" (§ 124, 89).
for Koi idv (§ 9, 1). 16. /cptVo) pros. subj. (Prin. 34). :
'
L^t the teacher by all means read every lesson in advance, at sight, with
the clnaa, giving orally such explanatione as may bo deeuipd nccoesnry.
180 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
(b) yvwd earOi : fut. of yii/wo-Kw (§ 124, 45). (c) iStSaiev: 1 aor.
ind. of SiSao-Kw (§ 124, 53). 29. (a) a^^Kcv: 1 aor. ind. of
3. OBSERVATIONS.
e'xapT;, tKpv(3r].
40).
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 27, 1-4. Declension and Case-endings.
2. § 43, 1-3. Declension of Adjectives.
3. § 59, 1-3. Reflexive Pronouns.
4. § 81, 1. Third Class ofVerbs.
5. § 96. 1-3. The 2 Passive Stem.
6. § 113, 1, 2. Synopsis of 2 Aor. Pass.
7. § 114, 1. Inflection of Pres. Subj. Mid. and Pass, of
Contract Verbs.
8. § 114, 1. Of Pres. Imper. and Part.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words
in this lesson.
2. Under List II. of verbs, learn 300-330.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs (§ 124), learn verbs and
their compounds, numbered 189-205.
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX
1 . Tnv (p'^ofxtvov TTfios /U.C
oil
firj eV/idA-W t^oi (vi. 37).
2. O (iKoKovdi'iii/ fioi uv iJ.ri irifmrnTijiTyj iv rf]
(tkotki (viii. 12).
3. Rrif Ti9 T()V ifj.i)v Aoyof Tr//)j/frry
OnyuToi' uv fiy OtiDprjiTT) cis Tuy
alwva (viii. 51).
4. Ou fxrj ytvcrrjmi Oiivi'irnv tis rnv alt'yva (viii. 52).
7. EXERCISES.
2. Decline :
Maprvpia, t,<DT], atwv, (nrtpfia, Tre'/At/^as, ttoAws, ttSs.
4. Conjugate :
Ttvaotfiai, aTrtOavov, So$d(TW, otSa, aTrccTTtiXa.
5. Analyze :
'YiXdXrja^v, aKoXovOdv, TnpLTraTT^a-rj, e^ei, otSarc, yt-
ii/a Tts BiBdcrKj) vjxas. 3. AAA ws to auToO ^p'-f^P-o- ^ihdrrKu v/tas Trepi
/AtVtTC iv auTO). 4. Kai vw, TCKVt'a, ^.ti/eTc ei/ avrw, iva cav ^avepwdjj
^
(r)(!x)[X€v Trapprjcrtav koi fxr} ai(T)(yvO(Ji)fX€v
a.Tr avrov iv rfj irapovaia
avTov, 5. Eav ctS^r* OTt SiKaio? 60-Tiv, ytvojo-KCTc oti ttSs o ttoiwi' ttjv
truth, ye shall know the truth, and the truth shall make you
free.
*
2 aor. subj. of (x<j^-
LESSON XXXIX. 183
LESSON XXXIX.
1. TEXT.
John ix. 1-41.
2. NOTES.
2. r]fjiapT€V : 2 aor ind. act. of a/xapravw (§ 124, 11).
6. (a) €irTV(Ttv : 1 aor. ind. act. of tttuo), to spit, :
(h) iirWr/Kcv
1 aor. ind. act. of iin-TiOrjfxi. (c) int^piaev, the secondary read-
day on which, (h) avtoj^fv : 1 aor. ind. act. of diz-otyw; cf. n. 1(>.
show that the idea expressed by the verb belongs to the whole
person under consideration.
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Questions are of two kinds, (a) sentence and {b) word
questions.
2. A
sentence question can be answered by yes or no, but not
a word question, for the latter asks about something connected
with the action, who, what, when, etc.
3. A direct word
question is expressed by interrogative pro-
nouns or adverbs (of. ix. 2, 10, 12, 16, 17, 19, 26, 27, 36).
4. Direct sentence
questions are usually introduced by ov (ex-
pecting the answer yes) or firj (expecting the answer no) (cf. ix.
8, 19, 27, 34, 35, 40).
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §74,9. Augment.
Irregular 4. §116, 1-3. Impersonal
2. §93, 1-3. The2Perf.Stem. Verbs.
3. §112,1,2. Synopsis and In- 5. §120. Inflection of Pres.
flection of 2 Perf. and 2 and Imperf. Ind., Mid.
Pluperf Act.
. and Pass., of Verbs in /xt.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and memorize the new words
in this lesson.
2. Under List II. of verbs, learn numbers 340-379.
3. Review List VIIL, of Prepositions.
LESSON XXXIX. 185
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
(iv. 23).
1. Ei e/A€ ii)8ttTe, Kai tov Trarepa /u,ou av ^Setrc (viii. 19) (j)luperf.
used as imperf.).
J. Jilt o t/€Os Traryjp v/judv rjv rjyairare av €fi€ (Till. iJ).
3. El TV(^Xol ^Te, OLK av eix^^^ d/xuprtav (ix. 41).
2. T/te aorist tvith av.
1. Et ^Stis TTjv Sojpcav Tov PcoO ... cru av yn^aas avrov koI cScjkcv
av rrni vSwp ^oiv (iv. 10).
3. Omission of dv, with imperf. in apodosis.
1. Et fiT] rfv ovTO<i irapa. vtov, ovk rjSvvaro Troittv ovSev.
7. EXERCISES.
1. Write ohe inflection of yovcus, vv^, aihrds, ovtos, oirScis, ti's.
2. Dfcline :
/xa^7^TT/s, Ifjyov, cVcivos, oAos, nlji^aSf Acyd/xevo?.
3. Write the inflection of yevvrfOwf dnfupiOrfVy T/fxapTOV, ?)vvafxai.
4. Conjugate :
VLipai, -l^voL^a, dviw$n, Tjvtw^a, (TWiTtOti/i-qv.
5. Analyze :
Eo'tpa»ta9, <</)r/, /JAtTroxrir, y€i'<i>iTfi(, ^rt, ct;(CT€, wv,
5. The parents of the blind man feared the Jews. 6. What did
the unto you ? 7. We know that this man is a sinner,
man do
and that he cannot do this sign of himself. 8. I believe his
testimony, but I cannot do the works which he is doing. 9. Who
is this man who does such signs, that we may believe on his
10. Third class. 11. Fourth class. 12. Fifth class. 13. Sixth
class. 14. Seventh class. 15. Eighth class. 16. Ninth class.
1. VOCABULARY.
1. Review the words given in the vocabulary of Lesson X.
2. Review the words given in Lesson XX.
3. Review the vocabularies given in Lessons XXI.-XXX.
LESSON XL. — REVIEW. 187
2 TEXT.
4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1-ix. 41.
2. Illustrate principles 7-13 from the same text.
3. Review principles 14-20, compare the illustrations given
in Lesson XXXI., and add illustrations.
4. Review principles 21-25, and add illustrations.
5. Review principles 26-31, and add illustrations.
6. Review principles 32-34, and add illustrations.
7. Review principles 35-39, and add illustrations.
8. Review principles 40-45.
5. EXERCISES.
LESSON XLI.
1. TEXT.
John x. 1-42.
2. NOTES.
4. Ta rSia TravTa, all his own: ace. plur. neut. 5. <j>ojiov
rai : fut. (mid.) of (fxvyu) (§ 124, 197). 9. (a) cio-cXcvcrcTat :
o-iv from XiOdCu}. 32. (a) cSci^a : 1 aor. ind. act. of SctKi'u/ni
iK€ivov<; . . .
6l€oiJ?, «/" 7ie sa/t/ (called) thevi r/ods. (li) Au^iymi, ^o be
solutely, to believe, to have faith (i. 50; iv. 42, 48, 5.'}; v. 44;
vi. .30, 04 ;
ix. 38 ;
x. 25, 20) :
(2) wilb tb.' daliv ol lb.- p.-rsun
(iv. 21 ;
V. 24, 38, 40 ;
viii. 31, 40 j
x. 37, 38; ; (.''.) by metonymy
190 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
an abstract is substituted in the dative 22 iv. 50 v. 47
(ii. ; ; ;
X. 38) ; (4) with ei? and the ace. of the person (ii.
11 ;
iii.
16, 18,
3G iv. 39 vi. 29, 35, 40 vii. 5, 39, 48 viii, 30 ix. 36 x.
; ; ; ; ; 35, ;
16; 27) (2) the thing, if not immediately heard of the speaker,
;
is in the ace.
(v. 24, 37 viii. 47 ix. 40) (3) the thing heard
; ; ;
is in the
ace, the person from whom heard in the gen., but with
a preposition viii.
intervening (Trapu, 26, 38, 40). (Verify.)
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. §115. Synopsis of TTEi'^oj. 4. §135,1. Formation of Prim-
2. § 121. Synopsis of the Ind. itive Adjectives.
of Xar-qfii. 5. § 76, N. 2. Principal parts
3. § 119. Synopsis of Pres, and of a Verb.
2 Aor. Systems of ia-Ti]fii.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alpliabetical order and memorize the new words
in this lesson.
2. Under
List V., of nouns, adjectives, etc., learn 197-249.
3. Under
List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered
1-25,
with their different forms.
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. OvT€ ovTO? yjfiapTev, ovre ol yovct? avrov (ix. 3).
2. OuTos o wlos i/xajv, ov
u/xcis Xeyere on rvcfyXoi iyivvnOn
ia-Tiv •
(ix. 19).
LESSON XLI. 191
Principle 48. The verb often agrees with the nearest subject
7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of Bvpa, avXi], Trpo/Sarov, ckcIvo?, KXt7rr>;?,
TTitLpqv, ovTo<;, 1810?, (ji'ci/jia, avTo?, 7ra?, 6, rt'?, 09, iyui, ocro?, T19, KaXos
2. Of A/ycj, dviiliaiviiiv, tlpi, c^ojrt'w, -cu, eV/iuAw, jropeviipai, uioa,
uTTov, €yvu)v, iXdXovv, ao}Oiiaop.ui (1 fut. pass., § 95, 3 ; § 107, 2).
3.
Analyze and translate :
'AkhXuuOii, tl>ii,iovTai, claiXOiJ, cicr-
TraTyp tVa tckvu ^eoD KXijOwfiey, Kai icrpei'. 2. Aia toSto o koct/xos oiu
^
n'as dpj;, ^ai d/xapria tj/ avra> oi;/c c<jtiv. 8. Tla? o ev ai^rw p.ep(Dv ov^
cvvT^v SiVaios icTTiv, Ka6w<; e/ccti'os SiKaids co-nv. 12. 'O ttoioh/ rryv
this man because they hear his voice. 3.The good shepherds
lay down their lives for the sheep. 4. The hirelings see the
wolves coming and leave their sheep and fly into the city.
6. What does he say ? Why do je hear him ? Will ye also
believe on his name ? 6. He who hears me speaking will follow
me. 7. You and I will go into the city. 8. The Jews were
1 Anoint.
LESSON XLII. 193
8a)/ii.
12. Endings of primitive nouns denoting agent. 13. Ac-
tion. 14. Result. 15. Qual'ittj. 16. Instnivient. 17. Usaga
of Stu. 18. Of cTTi. 19. Prepositions with the gen. only.
LESSON XLII.
1 TEXT
John xi. 1-57.
2. NOTES.
I.
(a) (iKfiif/an-a : 1 uur. iud. act. j)art. nom. fern, of d\ei(f)w.
(fj) eK-fjid^aa-a : from eK-fxdcrau), vnpe off. (c) Opt.^iv : dat. plur. of
15. imperf. 1
pers. fling, of
: horta-
(a) 7//i(yi'
:
ti/xi. (J>) aywfiti'
tive subj., the 1 pers. being used to express a request or proposal.
20. 1 aor. ind. .uf. of i-n--(ivT(i<i>.
^(h) (khOc1^(to
:
(a) vTri'ivrqircy
:
e'crr*/:
2 aor. ind. of uv-taTrjfii (§ 121). (^) KKava-rj: 1 aor. subj,
'
deiKart :
perf. ind. act. of TLd-qp.i (§ 121). 37. cSvvaro
42.
gen, sing. masc. of Tekevrdw, -w. Trepita-TiOTa :
perf. part,
ace. sing. masc. of Trepi-ta-T-qpi ',
for inflection see § 48, 7.
(b) SeSe/iiVos :
(c) Trcpi-cScSeTo
of dyvi'^tu.
56. caTr)K6Te<; perf. part. act. nom. plur. masc.
:
of 'iar-qp-i.
57. (a) 8e8d}Kei(rap pluperf. ind. act. without the
:
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The active voice represents the subject as acting.
himself, or with reference to himself (xi. 11, *24, 25, 38, 45).
5. The subjective middle expresses the interest of the subject
in the result, and yet implies a direct agency (ix. 22 xi. 53). ;
38, 50).
7. The passive voice represents the subject as acted upon (xi.
4, 11, 12, 44).
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 115. Synopsis of plttto).
5 VOCABULARY
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of
this lesson.
2. Under List V., of nouns, adjectives, etc., learn 250-299.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 20-
6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX
a. 1. 'Ayu)fifv tl<i TTjv luvBaiav TrdXiv (xi. 7).
2. *AAAa uyuj^fi' TTpo?
uvTi')v (xi. 15).
3. "Ayoj/xev Kul ///xcis
iva uTToOdvwfKv fitr' avTov (xi. 10).
a. Present.
1. Kul Aeyct avroi 6 'Iijcjovs 'AKoXov^et /Aot (i. 44).
2. M-^ Kpivere kut oi^tv, dAAa t^v SiKuiav Kpicriv Kpivere (vii. 24).
^^. Aorist.
1. Aeyei avroi? o It^o-oCs Fe/AicraTC ras {iSpias ^'Saros (ii. 7).
(vii. 52).
3. "Apare tov Xt^o»' (xi. 39).
7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of ?>6^a, X'-V"? xvpio^,
apxupev<;, l$vo<i,
5. Translate orally :
(a) John x. 1-42.
vr/rai. 2. 'Ev tovtw (fiavepd iaTLV to. rcKva toO ^toi) kol to. TCKia toC
Koi 6 fxi] dyawuiv toi/ ddtXtfiov auTOV. 4. 'On avrrj iarly ij dyyeAia 7)1/
Tou irovTjpov rjv Kal €<7(fia$€v tou d8cA<^ov aurov. 6. Kat xdpiv nVo?
e<T<f)a$iv auTOJ' ; on tu epya avToi) Troir/pd iji',
rd 8c tov ddeA^ov avTov
diKuia. 7. Mr/ Oav/xdi^CTe, d8tXcf)0i, ct fxiafx i'p.d'i
6 Koap-o^. 8. 'H/^tis
cruiv TOV d8cA</>oi/ aurou di'^pojTroKToi'os eanV, Kai oioare on Trds (U'P/h/j-
TTOKTOvos ovK !;)(« ^oi^v uioVioi/ cV ttUTw pcvovaav. (1 John iii. 9-15.)
6. Translate Mary, the sister of Lazarus, anointed the
: 1.
Saviour w itli ointment and wiped his feet with her hair. 2. Jesus
hears that Lazarus is sick, and after two days he says (o his dis-
Let us go to
th(r village of Lethaiiy. 3. He who walks
ciples,
in the day able to see
is the light, but he who walks in the night
the two sisters that they might console them. f). WIh-ii .lesus
came to the village, Martha met him. 6. Come and see where
they have laid him. 7. That man was not abh^ to open tin- eyes
of the blind. 8. He who came to the tomb of Lazarus is able to
LESSON XLIII.
1. TEXT.
John xii. 1-50.
2. NOTES.
2. Sir/KoVei :
irreg. imperf. of StaKovt'w, as if the verb were com-
Tos :
gen. absolute (concessive), cf. Prin. 40. 38. dTrcKoXv-
(fiOr]
: 1 aor. ind. pass of diroKaXviTTw. 40. (a) itn^^pwcrev 1 :
aor. ind. act. of iroypoou {b) voiqaoKnv : 1 aor. subj. act. of voc<o.
(c) aTpa(f>waiv ;
2 aor. subj. pass, of crrpicfuo (§ 124, 181).
(d) Ido-ofiai : fut. ind. of idopfu (§ 124, 102). 48. dOerihv :
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Adverbs are used to qualify verbs, adjectives, or other ad-
verbs (xii. 8, 16, 26, 31 ;
viii. 48; viii. 31 ;
vii. 40).
38 ;
xi. 3, 12, 21, 27, 32, 34, 39).
7, 10, 17) ;
with the accusative, on account of (xii. 9, 11, 18, 27,
30, 39, 42).
6. The distinction between the tenses of the infinitive is simi-
lar to that between the tenses of the imperative and subjunctive,
— the present marks continuitij (xii. 4, 21, 39), the aorist, a
sinyle act (xii. 34), the perfect, a completed act (xii. 18, 29).
4 GRAMMAR LESSON.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in
thi.s lesBori.
6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX. t
1. "A(f>e<; avTi^v, iva cis rrjv Tjfxipav tov tvTa</>ia(r/u-oi) /u,ou Ti/pi/crn
avTo (xii. i).
2. Kai rjXOav ov Sia tov ^Irjaovv /xdvov dW iva Kai Toi/ Ad^apov
lSwctlv (xii. 9).
7 EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of r)/A€pa, y^, tttw^^osj Ovydrrjp, warT^p, 6.
6. Translate orally :
(a) John xi. 1-57.
(6) 1. 'El/ TouTU) eyvwKUfiev rrjv dydirrfv, on ckcii/os vTrep ly/xwv t^v
\^v)(ijv avTOV i6r]K(v: 2. Kai rjfiei^ o</)eiXo/xcv vTrep Twv dSeXt^wi' ra?
i/'i;;(ds
Oiuau 3. 'Os 8 ui/
e;(7;
tov /?iov toC koctixov Kai deojpfj tov
ao(.\(^)V avTov ^^ptiav e^ovra Kai kA,€io"?; tu rrTrXdy^fa avTOV utt avTov,
TTiJus 17
dydirr)
ToD ^eoi; /AcVet €1/ auTw ; 4. TtKua, /it^ uyaTrCificv Aoyw
/7,7^0£ T^ yXtiHT(rr] oAAo. ci'
tpyw Kai aXrjBua. 5. 'Ei/ tovtcu yfwaofx^Oa
OTi CK T^9 (i\rjfJ€ia<; hrfitv, kui IfxirpocrOiv aiiTou ir^urofitv Ttjv Kap8tai/
ijixii)^
OTi edi' KiiTayivdycTHrj rjjJLwv ij Kap()M, on /xei^wi' tcrrti' 6 ^€os r^s
7. 'IVaiLslatc! : 1.
'I'licy .•inointcil llic feet of llio
di.sciplos.
2. I'lify <'Hmc ill (inliT (liat tlic^y nii^lit son the; man wlioiii -losus
rai.'^od from llic. dca«l. 3. Tin's man took tlif l)ranclu's of the
jtalm-trce in his hand, and was rryinp, l>cliold tho Kinj^of tho
.Ji'W.s. 4. Tho
<li.scii)lf'S rcmcnihcrcd
thoy did thcso thinj^s tliat
unto him. 5. The Gretjks came up nnio the feast, that they
might see Jesus. G. He who loves the Saviour will follow liim.
202 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
7. When the Son of Man will come in his power, he will cast
out the ruler of this world. 8. Walk in the light in order that
LESSON XLIV.
1 TEXT
John xiii. 1-38.
2. NOTES.
1.
perf. part, of olSa (§ 124, 64).
ciSws : 2. (a) SeiWov
yivnijiivovgen. abs. (temporal).
:
{b) Iva TrapaSoi, that Judas
Iscariot shall betray : irapa^oi is not the optative, but 2 aor.
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Connected sentences are said to be co-ordinate, when they
are mutually independent.
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words in
this lesson.
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. With imjjerfect indicative.
1. El yap e7rt(7T€u€T€ Mwvaei, €7rtcrT€veT£ av ifxoL (v, 46).
2. Et 6 ^eoi narrjp ifxCyv rjv i^yaTrarc av i/xe (viii. 42).
3. El TU^Aoi rjre, ovk av 6i;^€T€ d/xapriav (ix. 41).
2. With the aorist indicative.
1. El ^5eis T^v Swpeav Tov 6(.ov . . . crv av yTr)(ra<i avrov kol cSwkcv
av croi v8wp ^wv (iv. 10).
2. Kvpu, €1
TJ<:
aiSe OVK av fxov airiOav^v 6 u.hi\(l>6'i (xi. 32 ;
cf.
xi. 21).
7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of KapSia, Kvpios, (tt^OoS} KaOapos, ttSs.
1.
iycipu), iyepw, ^yctpn, iyr/ytpfiai, rjyipOrjV.
2. iXavviu, iXw, rjXaao., eAr/AaKa, iXij\.aixai, rjXdBrjV.
3. tAeyp^o), iXey^o), rjXeyta, iXi'jXeypai, i]\iy)(6r}v.
4. Ip^ojxai, iXevaopai, 2 aor. r)XOov, 2 perf. iXi]Xv6a.
5. (vpiCTKU), evprjau), evprjaa,
2 aor. tvpnr, el'prjKa, (vprjfJLai, tvprjurji'.
6. Translate orally :
(a) John xii. 1-50.
iv rtS KOirfjio)
ifTTiv r^hrj.
5. 'Yp.tts tV tou Peor fVrTc, Tcxi/ia, /cai vcj^i-
who came to see them. 3. He washed not only the hands, but
also the feet of his disciples. 4. They did not know what he
had done to them, because they did not comprehend the truth.
5. The disciple is not greater than his teacher, nor is the servant
greater than his master. 6. He gave us a new commandment,
LESSON XLV.
1. TEXT.
2. NOTES.
1. rapacra-ia-Ow :
pres. imper. pass. 2.
croi/xao-ai : 1 aor.
aor. imper. mid. 2 pers. plur. 13. 6jj : 2 aor. subj. act. 3
pers. sing.
15. eipT/Ka :
perf. in use of cTnov (§ 124, 6S).
16. Sw 2 aor. subj. act. of 8t8aj/xi.
: 20. tou Adyou ovi :
3 OBSERVATIONS
1. A
periphrastic future is .sometimes formed by the auxiliary
future verb //f'AAo) and the pres. inf. (iv. 47 vi. 6, 15, 71 vii. ; ;
23, 41 ;
X. 36 xiii. 33 xvi. 17 xviii. 9).
; ; ;
4. QRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 33, 1-5. First Decl. in N. T.
2. § 37, 1-6. Second Decl. in N. T.
3. § 42, 1-3. Third Decl. in N. T.
4. § 50, 1-3. Adjectives of 1 and 3 Decl.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of
this lesson.
2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 400-449.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 100-
124, with their forms.
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. *0s 8' av TTLT]
€KTou uSuTos ov iyw Swcroj avru) (iv. 14).
2. ToiVro 8e etTrci'
nepi tov Trvei'/u-aros ov efieXXov Xafi/jdveiv ol tti-
7. EXERCISES.
1. Write the inflection of ttoXi's, ifxavrov, cKeivo?, ovtos, KXrjp.a.
6. Translate orally :
{a) 1 John xiii. 1-38.
cCTtV, Ktti Tra? 6 dyanuiV €k tou Beov yiyivvryrai Kai yivwcTKei tov 6a')V.
, O pLT) ayaTTojv ovk eyvv) tov ueov, on o c/£os ayairr] ea-Tiv. o. tiv
TOVTiai i<f)av€po')6T] T/ dyinrr] toC ^eoC iv rjfuv, on tov vlov ai'nov tov
fiovoyivrj diriaTaXKfv o ^cos eis Toi/ Koafiov iJ^a t,T]awp.tv 8l' avroi).
4. 'Ef TOVTw tcTTti/ 17 (lyaTT?;, ou^ OTi yp.€L<i riyaTrr]Kap.cv toj/ ^eoj/,
dAA'
OTt auTo? Tjydirrjmv r//xu? Kai aTrctrTCiAti/ toi' viof aurov iAa(r/j(.ov Trt/it
T(7»i'
dp.apTiwv rip.wv. 5. 'Aya7rr;TOi', €1 ovTO)9 o ^C09 rjynTnjO-fV ijpLu<;,
TUi •
eav dyaTTw/ACc rlAAT/AoDS, 6 6^eos ci'
^/Aif /u.£i'€i xai 17 dyd-rrq avTOV
10. Kai r]fX(7.'; lyvwKap.fv Kai Tr{iri<rT€VKaf/.tv Tip' dydrrrfv i/v f.x.^L 6 Oio^
iv Tjixiv. (1 John iv. 7-16 a.)
14
210 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
one is able to come unto the Father, unless through the Son.
4. Show us the way,, and we will follow thee. 5. He will not
leave thee an orphan, but will come again unto thee. 6. He who
LESSON XLVI.
1. TEXT.
2. NOTES.
2. 86$r) : 1 aor. subj. of Sokc'w (§ 124, 56). 3.
cyvojo-av
:
act. (§ 124, 1). 16. oxj/fadt : fut. ind. in use of opdw (§ 124,
147). 17. €K Twv fiadi/Twi' : of. notes on vii. 40.
20. (a) K\ava€Tt : fut. ind. act. of KXatw (§ 124, 114). (b) x^-
: fut. ind. of ;(aipoj (§
124, 203). xvll. 1. cVapas :
pT/crcToi
1 aor. part. act. of tV-aipoj (§ 124, 5). 7.
lyiwKav for iyvtiy:
(§ 123, 13).
LESSON XLVI. 211
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The infinitive mood in all its tenses may be used as an in-
declinable neuter substantive, and is then qualified by the neuter
article.
2. Its different cases are used just like the cases of substan-
tives.
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. § 76, 1-9. The Tense-systems.
2. §§ 78-88. Ten Classes of Verbs.
3. § 115, 1, 2. Synopsis of five Verbs in w.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of
this lesson.
2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 450-499
3 Under Tvist of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 125-
149, with tlieir forms.
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
J. Krt) vvi' ?>(Karrov rrv, iraTip, iraph. crcauTo) rjf S6$r) . . .
jj.c j] tl^ov
nnfta rrni Cxvii. 5).
2. Ti/ifqrrni' fii*Tf)iN fV Tw nvn/iaTi iroi) w rtc'rtroKfis //n/ (xvii. 11, 12).
Privriph, 56. The rrlntivo also often attracted into the case
i.'^
7. EXERCISES.
1. Inflect ovTOS, wpa, ttSs, diroKTeLvas, ^eos, iraryp, iyw, (rv, auTos,
ovoets, Kapoia, ekcivo?, Kpicn<;, dp^wv, ttoAvs, vrvevfxa, ocros.
2.
Analyze, inflect, and translate :
SKai/SaAio-^^Tc, ttoit/o-ouo-u',
00^2^, eyvwcrav, cA^r;, p.vrjfj.ovevyTe, y]P-f]^'j ipwra, Tr^irXypojKev, d-jreXOoj,
7. opdo), (oi^o/xat),
(2 aor. etSoi/), hopaKU and iopaKa, kwpdfxai, m<^0-qv.
8. Tre/iTro), Tre/xi^w, errepiipa, 7r£7royx(/)a, TrcTrc/x/xai, iTrifi<f)Or]P.
5. Translate orally :
(a) 1. John xiv. 1-31. 2. xv. 1-27.
{Jb)
1. yJ feos ayairrj eaTiv, Kai o ^eviov tv tjj ayairy ey to) t/cw
fied' r^fiijiv,
Iva Trapprjaiav e^wfjiev cv rrj rjiiipa t?)s Kfnaeu}<;, ort Ka^w?
CKCIJ'OS tCTTlV Kai 7)/i.CtS 60"/XeV €V TtU KOtT/XO) TOiJt(iJ. 3. <J'o/3oS OUK tCTTLV
Ayairu) rbv dtov, /cat tov ilScA^ov avTov p-iafj, ipev(TTr)<; iariv. 6. O
yap /i^ ayaTToiv tov aS€A.</)Ov airoS ov ewpuKev, tuv 6eov bv oi^ eiopiiKev
ov ^wvarai dyaTrav. 7. Kai ravT^v Tryv eVroAryi/ c^o/xev (Itt* aiuTOv, iva
6 dyaTrdiv tov 6'€ov dyaTrd Kai tov dSeA^ov aiTou. (1 John iv. 16 a—
21.)
6. Translate : 1. I say these things unto you, because you know
the truth. 2. In that day sorrow willyour hearts, because
till
you have not peace. 3. I will send the Comforter unto you, who
will lead you into all truth. 4. You see me now, but a little
-Tic, -(TLSf -CTia, -fir], -tut, -/xoq. 13. Nouns in -/xu, -osj -rpoy, -tuv,
LESSON XLVII.
1. TEXT.
John xviii. 1-40.
2 NOTES.
2.
crvv^x^V • ^ ^^^- ^^^- P^ss. of (Tvv-dyw. 6. circaav from :
TriWtu. 10. (a) e'iXKvcTtv 1 aor. ind. act. of cXkw (§ 124, 74).
:
St'Sw/Ai.
36. rjyijJVL^ovTo :
imperf. of dywu'^o/xat.
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. The accusative primarily denotes the direct object of a verb,
as opposed to the indirect object denoted by the dative.
2. When the accusative is connected with the verb in signifi-
cation, it is known as the cognate accusative (vii. 24; cf. also
V. 32; xvii. 26).
3. When
the accusative is joined with a verb, adjective, or
noun, to specify the part, property, or sphere to which it applies,
it is known as the accusative of specification (vi. 10 ; xiv. 26 ;
xix. 2).
4. Certain relations of space and time are often denoted by
the accusative (i. 39; ii. 12; iv. v. 5; vi. 19; xi. 6).
52;
5. Some transitive verbs may take two object accusatives, es-
7, 12).
LESSON XLVII. 215
4. GRAMMAR LSSSON.
5. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alpliabetical order and learn the new words in
this lesson.
2. UnderList V. of nouns, etc., learn 500-549.
3. UnderList of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 150-
174, with their forms.
6. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX
1. O t,Tj\o<: ToC oiKOv crov KaTac^a-yerat fie (ii. 17).
2. AAAu iyvwKa u/ius on r-qv uyaTnjv toD &tuv ovk i\fT€ iv taurois
(v.42).^ , ,
3. OvSci? fifVTOi Trappr)(Tia cXdXci Trtpi airov 8iu tok «^o/?ov rdv
'JonSaiwv (vii. 13; cf. xx. 19).
4. Ku^ujs i8u>Ka<; a\jTw i^ovdiav Ku.crq'i <raf)Ku<; (xvii. 2).
7. EXERCISES.
1. Inflect o?, 6, (TTretpa (§ 33, 1), ap^upev^, <^ai'os, \afnrd<;, ottXoi',
'loiiOUS (§ 33, 4), I/yO-OUS (§ 37, 0), {iTTr/pCTIJ?, £IS.
1 .
<jd>t,ui, crajcrw, ecrwcra, aeawKa, crecrwo'p.at, iawOi^v.
5. Translate orally :
(a) 1. John xvi. 1-33. 2. xvii. 1-26.
(/;)
1. lids o 7rto"T€t'(iJV ori Iz/crors ecrrtv o i^picrros ck too ^eoJ) yf-
rj dydTTi^
toD ^eoi) tVa rds evToAd? avTOv r'qpwjxcv, koX ax IvToXal avTOV
/Sapetai owk elatv, on Trdi' to yeyevvrjfxivov Ik tov Oeov vikS. tov Koa-fiov.
4. Kat avTT^ icTTiv 7] viKrj rj VLKrjcraaa tov Kocrfiov, rj ttlcttis r]p.CiV.
5. Tt? eCTTlV 8c O VIKWV TOl/ KOCTflOV cl jirj b TTLCTTeVUn' OTl \rjCTOV<; eCTTlV
6 utos TOW deov ; 6. Owro? iaTiv b IXOw' St uSaTos /cai at/xaTO?, Ii;-
crotis XptCTTOS
•
oi/c Iv Tw uSaTi jjLOVOV dXX ev t<3 vSaTi /cat ev t<2 at/xaTi.
LESSON XLVII. 217
where was a garden. 2. Simon Peter drew his sword and cut
otf the right ear of the high-priest's servant. 3. The priests
LESSON XLVIII.
1. TEXT.
2. NOTES.
2 TrXe^avTC? : 1 aor. part. act. of ttXc'kw. 6. aravpwa-ov : 1
aor. imper. act. of a-ravpow. 10. airoXvaai : 1 aor. inf. act. of
uTTo-Xvu). 24. (a) axto-b}fifp : 1 aor. subj. act. (cf. Prin. 49).
(b) Xd)((j)fi.ev
: 2 aor. subj. act. of Aay^ava) (§ 124, 123). (c) Sif/xf-
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. Words denoting kindred are often omitted before a genitive
of relation.ship (vi. 71 ;
xix. 25; xxi. 2, 15).
2.
Adjectives and verbs signifying plenty, fulness, and the
like, are construed with the genitive of the thing (i. 14; ii. 7;
vi. 13 ;
xix. 29 ;
xxi. 11).
3. When the nominative is used for the vocative in direct
address, the article is prefixed (xix. 3 xx. 28). ;
4. GRAMMAR LESSON.
5 VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of
this lesson.
2. Under List V., of nouns, etc., learn 550-612.
3. Under List of Irregular Verbs, learn those numbered 175-
205, with their forms.
6 PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1.
x^P§- X^^P^'- ^'•"'
''^^^ <fi(jyvr]v tou vvfi<jiLov (iii. 29).
2. OI Se aXXui jJLaOrjTol tw vrAotapiw ^A^ov (xxi. 8).
Princijjle 63. The manner and the instrument of an action
are expressed by the dative.
7. EXERCISES.
2.
Analyze, inflect, and translate :
"EAa/^ev, iixaaTiywa-ev, ttAe-
^avTCS, iTviOrjKav, ^p^^ovTO, -^aLpe, tSuSoaav, etr/XOiv, yvwre, cjiopmv,
1.
<fi€vy<i)f (ji€v^op.ai,
2 aor. €<fivyov. Trecftevya.
Trepi ToD inow avrou. 2. 'O Trtrrrcuajv ei? tov iitoi' tou pcou ei^ei rryv
ISwKCi' 6 Otu'i ij/MV, Koi avTi] 7/ ^0)7/ iv Tui uiw uvtuv ccttiV. 5. 'O c^wv
roi' vlou €p^€i T7yi' ^iji)7yi'
•
6 jj.i] €;:^oji'
toi' uiov tou 6(ov Tr]v ^ojr/i/ ouk ej^et.
6. TauTU ty/jat^tt v/xti/ iVa etoiyre ort ^w»;[' ex'^^ aiaii/toi', tois 7rto"T£uou-
crij' eis to oi'vfxa tov vlov tuv 6eov. 7. Kai avTrj icrrlv i] napprjcria rjv
e^o/xci/ TTpo'i uuTOV, oTi toil/ ri utTw/Z-e^a kuto. to 6iXy](ia avTov aKoi'et
r)/u.u)i/.
8. Kai €ai/ otSa/xei/ oTi dicouct rjfiCjv o iav aiTWfiicOa, ol()aj)xv
write, The King of all men, and the Lord of heaven and earth.
LESSON XLIX.
1. TEXT.
John xx. 1-xxi. 25.
2. NOTES.
rjfjepa being understood
I.
Ilia : in expressing the day of the ;
•week CIS is always used for Trpwros (§ 56, the exact time
note) ;
23. {a) dv : for idv ; so also in xii. 32 xvi. 23. (b) di^^rc ;
:
3. OBSERVATIONS.
1. We have several examples of the genitive absolute in this
lesson (xx. 1, 19, 26 j
xxi. 4, 11).
LESSON XLIX. 223
4. VOCABULARY.
1. Arrange in alphabetical order and learn the new words of
this lesson.
2. Review List I. of 95 verbs.
3. Review List IV. of 196 nouns, etc.
5. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
6 EXERCISES.
1. Inflect :
Ei?, fivrj^uun'y dAAo9, awfia, yvv?7, tywj ovtos, X^'P> ^*"
<rT09, TrXrjOo'i, /xtyas, frr, ttus, irapaSi8ovs, iSwVj dXijO-rji;, ttoXvs-
\<i>prjfrtiy
224 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
5. Translate orally :
(a) 1. John xix. 1-22. 2. xix. 23-42.
Trpos Odvarov, auTrja-ei, kol Swcrei auToJ ^wt/i', rots d/^apTavoutrtv /xr/ Trpos
^dvarov. djxapTta Rpo<; Odvarov ov
•
2. Ecrxii/ iva
Trept cKctV?;? Aeyw
ipwrrjcryj.
o. Ilacra u()iKia dixapria ecrrtv, Kai ecTTH' dfxapTM ov
Trpos
Odvarov. 4. on ttus 6 ycyei/vry/xeVos €/c toG ^coC oi;;^ u/xapTd-
OiSa/Acv
dAA' 6 ck tou ^eoD Trjp^l avTOv, kol 6
V€i, y€^'^'1y^eis irovqpo'i ov^ dTTTeraL
avTov. 5. Ot8ap,ev ort €k tow 6^£o{i iafxtv, kol 6 Koo-p-os oAus ei/ rw
this book. 7. He did not write all the things which Jesus did.
the verb.
LESSON L— REVIEW. 225
LESSON L. — REVIEW.
1. VOCABULARY.
1. Review the words given in tlie complete Vocabuhiry of
Jolm.i
2. Review Li.st I., of 95 verbs.
.'j. Review List II. ,
of verbs numbered 96-379.
i. Revi(!W List IV., of 196 nouns, etc.
."). Review List V., of nouns, etc., numbered 197-612.
0. Review List VIL, of correlative pronouns.
7. Review List VITI , of i)repositions.
8. Review List IX., of correlative adverbs.
9. Review List X., of conjunctions.
2 TEXT
1. Translate tlie first seven cliaj)tcrs of John (i.
1-vii. 52).'"
3 GRAMMAR LESSON.
1. K'cview the graiiiiu.ii- lesson given in last review (Lesson
'
Tlio VDciihiiliuy of tho (1()s]h;1 ;iiiiI
Kpistlcs dI" John consists of 1120 words,
of wlii<;h 117, iiiarkcd by an a.stcrisk, an; jioculiar to .John.
'^
\V«! liiivc ilividoil till' liDok into tliieo parts, of .seven chapters caeb, and
each part can be read in oni' to two iionrs.
16
226 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK METHOD.
4. PRINCIPLES OF SYNTAX.
1. Translate all the sentences from which
Principles 1-63
have been deduced, and apply each principle.
A NEW TESTAMENT GREEK MANUAL.
St. John.
*
any errors.
II. The literal tran.slation of the liist four eliapters of St.
fohii i.-> not iiitendid to serve as a help iii the ii'iHlei-jn^ of he I
paring his work with the original, until he <aii reproduce the
original '!reel< without einu-. I^'roui it he is also to
pronoumre
the Greek re|peat((lly, until he has obtained a [)erfect mastery of
230 PREFATORY NOTE.
each verse, lesson, and chapter. Three kind? of type are used :
John, and has been compiled expressly for this work. In its pre-
j)aration three works have been constantly used first, Bruder's :
volume.
IV. In the Lists of Words are given in alphabetical order,
according to their frequency, all Greek words occurring more
than four times in the New Testament (1736 out of 5594). A
knowledge of this Vocabulary will be of great aid in reading
at sight.
KATA mANHN'
I. Ef o.p'^fi rjp
6 Xoyos, Koi 6 \6yo<; rjv npo^ toi^
Trepl
/
TOV
nauTa avupojTTou
"
(f)on6<;.
n
"^'Wu to
>'
cp^OfJ^^i^ou
</)ajs
5\/
ets
to aX-qOivov o <f)aiTt(,€L
Tof Koafxop.
10 ''^
eutm
Koa-fJia) Tfu, Koi 6 Koafxos St' avTov iyeueTo, /cat 6 Koo-po^;
avToi^ OVK eyuo). bt? ra tota r]Xucu, Kat ot totot avToif
ov napiXafiov. ^^oaroc Se eXa(3()i>^ ixvtov, iScoKeu auTOt?
i^ovcriau T€Kua 0(.ov yeueaOat, rot? TTLcrTevovcriu et9 to
^
KvnyytXiou Krirh '\oi('ivrfii Tr, Karii 'laxiri'fji' T.
3 Sf) also Tr RV mrny., ivityiyovtv.
*
(v T WH mnrcf. RV.
3 8o RV, ("oTti/ T Tr iiKinj. "WH 7/)/////. (lo iiidicalc kxl of
'
Western'
(locumciits).
< »
'loaw^f T. tKa^av Tr.
232 KATA IfiANHN. i. 13.
yev Xeycju
— ovtos r}v 6 eiTratu — 'O OTTtcroi /xov
e/3)(djue-
vos epiirpooroev [xov yeyovev, ort vpcoTOS p-ov rjv •) otl
tK Tov TrXrjpojpaTos avTov rjpels Tra^re? eka^opev, Kai
^'
^dpLP dpTL ^dpLTos' OTL 6 uopos Sttt Mojvcrews iSodrj,
^ So R.V •
o Outos ov
marr/., Xeywi' OiItov ^v oi' 617701/ o?'
Xt-ycoi' j;!/
fiTToi'
a/.ta/'jTtaZ''
tov KOcrpov. otros eaTLU virep ov eyoj
elTTop Ovrtcroj pov ep^eTai dvr]p 69 eprrpoaOev pov
"^
Kayo)
OVK jjOeLU o.vToi', dkhJ 6 nepxpas pe ^airTil^eiv ev uSart
t/cetw<j poL elneu 'l<^</>'
bu ap toxys to vvtvpa /cara-
TTvevpaTi dyioj
OTL OVTO<i eiTTLV O VLO^ TOf UeOV. Y
'-^
llrr,,,',,? T Tr. '^
'HA(V(i Tr 'llAttaj T,
^"^ '
iorrjKtv Tr iiiti
If/.
^^ o
uTiiVoj T Tr, Idil, Tr oiiiils 6 in sccoikIiiiv reading.
^ Sii T, liiit WH Tr 'iinil in sccondarv nadini,'.
*"
<kAcktii£ WH «/tf/y/. (text of ccrlaiu
'
VVustcrn
'
docunicnls).
234 KATA inANHN. I. 36.
* ^^
koI Ik tcju
Trj iiravpiov ttoXiv IcrT^Kti 'Joydurj^
^^
IxaOrjTwv avTov hvo, kol ifxf:ikexjfa<s tco 'irjcrov Trepnra-
TovvTL Aeyet loe o afxvo^ tov ueov. /cat rjKovcrav
^^
ol ^vo fxaOrjTal avTov \aXovuTo<s /cat rjKoXovOrjaav
rw
^ 8e
^^
6 'lr)crov<; koL 0eacrdixeuo<»
'lr)(Tov. aTpa(f)el<i
avTOv^ dKo\ovdovuTa<; Xe'yei avrot? Tt ^r^reiTe ; ol
Kat Trap' avrw efxeivav ttjv rjixepau eKeiurju wpa rju &>?
•
'^' ^® Omit T.
•itTTijffei 6 'loxzi'i'r;? T, ftrrr^Kei 'la)dw;$' Tr.
1^
So T, airov /ial^vrai Tr nnny/. WH /««/y.
20 Qj^Jt T.
"1 22 T. 23 T.
'Pa/3^t Tr. ^itfjirjvfvofifvov ^^^^j
"* rij/ vtoj* Tr, but omits tov 111
secondary reading
23 a ,„•,-. t Tr.
II. 6. KATA IQANHN. 235
t/
dvOp(i)TTOV.
ai^
*'
T^crar^
8e e'/cet XiOumL vSpiat
Xeyry u/ai/^ TrotT^'rrare.
1
TpiT.r/ ^/i/p7
Tr WH niarr/
^
K-iw T Tr
"
rtti'oj' oiKf flx""^ ''''' f^fj'fTfXf'rr^;; o oivoi Tou ya/iou. ciTd T WH ///rtry
'
Xeyet, avTot? 6
jjirjTrip
avTov /cat ot dStXr/jot^ Kat ot fiaOiqTal avTOV,
Kat e/cet efxeupap ov vroXXa? rjjxepa^.
^^
Kat to Tracr^a ro/t' 'lou8ata»i', Kat ape^r/
eyyi)? 17/^
^*
eis ^^']^pocr6\vixa 6 'irjcrov^. Kat evpep ip rw te^w
Tou? TTojXov^'ra? /3oa9 Kat npofiaTa Kat TrepLcrTepds /cat
^
rou9 Kepp.aTLCTTa'i Ka0rjpepov<i, Kat Trotr/cra? ff)payeX-
Xlop 6k g-)(olplu}p irdpTa'i e^e/SaXep Ik toO lepov Ta re
revOev, jxr)
TTotetre roi^ oIkop tov iraTpo^; ixov oIkop
efXTTOpLOV.
"
Torf roi/ Tr, Ijiit oinits Tore in .sccoiulary reading.
7
aSfX^oi niroO T 7^
'Itp- T Tr. «
TO Ke>/ia T.
''
dpt(TTpf\l^(v
T Tr WH w*^//-//.
HI. 3. KATA IfiANHN. 237
N
\'
"^
e/ceu'o? Se eXeyev irepl tov vaov tov acofxaToq avTOv.
TL T^jP
Ip tco apOponci).
elirep avTw ^Ajxtju ohitjv Xeyco crot, iau fXT] Tt? yeu-
TTTjcreu
6 deo<; rov Koap-ov wcrre tov vlov^ top povo-
TOP VLOP ei<? TOP Koapop LPa Kpipr) top Koapop, aAA.
ti/a o koo"/xo? ot at»rov. o Tncrrefofi' et? av-
criouT)
Tot' ov KptpeTai' 6^^ pr) TncTTevcop rjSr) /ccK-pirai, oVt
€19 Tot*
Kocrpop Ka\ y)yd7Tr]crap ot apOpaiiTOL paWop to
(Tk6to<; Tj TO (ficjq, y)p yap avTutp TTOPiqpd to. epya.
<f)apepo)df]
avTov rd epya ort ci' ^eoj ccrrtj/ elpya-
arpepa.
^ ovTTd) eU 14
yap rp> f^efi\r)pepo<^ ttjp (jwXaKiqp 'latdpr)^.
**
v'lov (ivTov Tr. aXX T.
1° v'tov iivTiiv omits avrov in spcoiulary nadiiip.
Tr, liiit
11
6 8< Tr, but omits Hi in soroiulary readiii^r
12 Omit T Tr aixl WH in .sfcondaiy reading,'.
^^
'loxii/ff^c T.
1* 6 T.
'luavrjs Tr, but omits o in accondaiy rnuding, 'Iomjii'ijs
240 KATA lOANHN. ill. 25.
"^ ^^
'Eyeuero ovv QqTTjai'^ ck tmv ixaOrjTcou ^lojdvov
'louSatou ^® irepl KaOapLcrfxov.
^ ^^'
//.era kol rjXBav
^^
7rpo<5 rov 'l(odvr}P^^ kol elncxv avTCo 'Pa/S^ei,^^
O'i rjv fJieTOL aov irepav tov 'lopSdvov, w cru pefxaprv-
pqKa^, iSe outo^ /3a7rrt{et /cat 7ToivTe<; €p)(0VTai irpot;
avTOV. aTTeKpiUTj icoavr^^ /cat einep (Jv ovparai
1^
'iwdi'WiD T. 16
'ioi,S,„'o)i' \VH w^//;r/.
" ri\dov T.
18 T. 19
(Innv T. 20 Tr.
'louawr^i' '^ati'^i
21 So Tr RV, oniit T WH man/. RV marg.
22 So Tr, omit T WH marg.
"^ 6 Tr
Oeoi TO in primary reading.
IV. 10. KATA IfiANHN. 241
PciTTTL^eL ^la)dpr)<;
— "
KaiToiye 'It^ctou? avTo^ ovk
T)
7}r'
8e ck-ci
Tn^yr) tou 'la/coj^. 6 oil//'
epy^erat yvur) eK
Tr}<; ^cijLapuL';^ dpTXyjcrat vScjp. \eyei avTrj 6 'ir^crovg
Ad? poL TTf-lp- ot yap paOrjTai avTov dneXrjXv-
''
OcLcrap ci<? ttoXlv, iVa Tpo(f)d<; dyopdcroj(TLP.
7171^ Xeyet
ovp avTO) Tj yvPTj rj ^apapclrL^;^ Ofjj? crij 'louSato?
(OP ttclp alreif;
Trap ipov yvpaLKO<; Sa/xa/^etriSo?^
ov(Trj<; ; ov ydp (rvpy^xlwrai 'ifji'^ruoi
'^afiapeiTaLf;.^'^
/rsf vorsf r-otifaiiis sorrir |irimit,iv(; orror, wliicli raiiiiot \n- rcctilicd willi-
oiif. I lie aid (if
conjecture.
^
'lomvuriv T.
"^
LxfjriareL
aAAa to vocop o
et? tov ooj(rco avTco
atcut'a,
~^
peT avTrj<; ; d(})rJKep ovp Tr/p v'^piap avxrj? t) yvpr)
Kal arrrjkdep Kal Xeyet rot? dpOpconoL^;
el<; ttjp ttoXlp
20
Aeure toerc apupomop o? etTre /xot irapTa a erroL-
'Rl^ TW
fxeTa^v -qpMTOiP avTOP ol paOrfTal \€yoPT€<; *PayS/3et,
"^^
(fidye.
o Se elnep aurot? 'l*2ya» ^poicrip cyoj (ftayeip
t)/^ vp,CL<;
OVK otoare. eXeyot' oui/ ot pauTfTai npo'^
^
dXXryXoLKj Mry Tt<j
^5^'ey/<e^'
aurw (fyayetp ;
Xeyet
ai»Tot9 o iT^crouq I'./xov ppotpa earcp ipa Trotrycroj
22
•|'„;i/i,' Tr.
244 KATA IfiANHN. iv. 36.
Kot 6 Oepiafxo'i
; iSou Xeyoj vfjuv, iirdpaTe
ep^eraL
Tov<; 6(f)0a\fxov<; vfxiov koI dedcracrde ra? ^copa? oVt
^^ ^*
XevKUL elcTLu 7rpo<; depicxixov -qSr)
6 Oepitfiiv
•
^
Mera Se ra? ova y)fjL€pa<; i^rjXOev eKeWev et?
rrfv 1 aAtXatai' •
auro? yap It^ctov? efxaprvprjo'ev
ort TTpoffiTJrrjf;
iv rfj
lSlo,
TrarptSt rLfirjv ovk ex^'*
"
ore"^^ ouf rjXOev ei9 ri^i^ FaXtXata?^, iSe^avro avrov
Ot 1 aAtAatoi, rravra aopaKore^ ocra eiroLrjcreu ev
ets 7171^
Kai^a'^"^''* Trj'i Vakikaia^, oirov eTToiiqcrev to
33 » Kai/a T Tr. 34 go Tr ,
^\\v fie T WH marr/.
^^ Some " " WH.
Western docuirients substitiilc /SaatXt'aKov
'* TTUfTf
i^(T7Te ;
WH w/ffry.
3' So TTr ill secondary rcadiiif?, km enlarfvafi' Tr |iriinary reading.
38 Omit. T.
*' So Tr Koi
sceondary reading, kui dnriyytiXai' Xiyoirrts primary ;
rjyydXdi' T.
"^ tiVoi/ (wif T Tr, >cat fiTroi/ Tr )/i<tr>/.
FaXtXatai'.
^ ^
V. Mtra Taura i}!^ eoprrj rtou *lovoai(ov, KaL
^"FjCTTiv 8e eV rots
due/Sri *l7](J0V^ ets ^*'lepocrdXu/xa.
yevecrdaL ;
"*
1
.J (oprr, T RV marff.
^ ^
'Up- T Tr.
® to
Tr Xtyopevov T.
2
Ko\vpl3fjdpa 7narff.
3 a
(jipdiinX T Tr. *
Bj^^eo-Sd Tr iBrjdaaidd WH mar//.
5 Omit Tr in primary reading, WH in socomlary.
^ Omit T. ' Omit Tr iu secondary reading.
^ ovv avTov Tr primary reading.
V. 22. KATA IfiANHN. 247
^^ Tw Tr marg
(8coKf Kai vi(o .
22 WH add hk in Tr
i>iuj-f/.,
iii
j)riinary reading.
23 24 T.
o'i^Tf T. 'itati^^^^
V. 46. KATA IQANHN. 249
''
^^ Tr
"rryuXAtdf/fl^wu nidn/.
^^ Tr. 28 •,^,;y„„y T.
UtiCtov
'" Tr 28 Tr
avTos i/nnv/. ^^jVotru tV v/ii»/ iiianj.
'* oiiK
f'x"^' ^'/'' fi>"''''7*' ToC ^foC T.
*° So T RV WH ill
|iiiiii,irv icailin',' ;
omit WII in bccoiidiiiy rtiad-
inj;,
RV martj. Tr w</ry. sccoiidarv rcadiuy.
250 KATA inANHN. v. 47.
'
*
VI. Mero, raura aTTrj\6ev 6 'It/ctov? nepav T17S
^
daXdcrcrrjs Trj<; FaXtXaia? t^9 Tt/SejOtctSo?. ^KoXou^tt
Se avTw 0^X09 TToXi;?, ort idewpovv^ rd arjixela a
^
inoiei eVt
d(T^e^'0WTw^' durjXOeu 8e et? to
rail' .
^ Km thuiKfv T.
fv\apl(TTT)cr(v
® So Tr wttrr/. RV rnarf/ ,
l)iil o (noiijatv cnjuuov T WH marg. RV.
^^ o €iv to;/ T. ^^
T.
K(')(T\iuv ti))(f'>fii(i>ni (ptvytl
'^ f)i avrnvK (tkotIu T.
KartKiififV r)
^''
'Ir;fro0v TT/wi avTous T WH marg. ^^
fiirj-yfiptro T.
*^ ^^
(TTudia T. T^i/ y^i/ T.
252 KATA IfiANHN. vi. 23.
(71^9
elSov^^ oTi nXoidpLOu akXo ovk t)v eVet ei
yirj ep,
ovx OTL etSere crrjixela dXX' otl i(fidy€Te e'/c twp apTwp
"'
Kal i)(opTd(T0r]Te- ipydt^ecrSe /xt) Ty)v ^putaip ttjv
dTroXXvp.€prjp dXXd
ttjp ^pojatp Tr]P fxepovcrap et? C^^rjp
>/ t^tcv '-'/3'' "^
tovtop
t^o/ 23
aiWPLOP, rjp o VLOS tov apupcoirov vpup oojcret,
'^^
WH
5^f w./yy.
22
'pa^^i Tr.
23 T. 24 Omit T.
6,'5a>o-»' v/ili/
25 Se'SwKei/ T WH wa/y.
VI. 43. KATA IfiANHN. 253
€ojpo.KaT€ pe
otv//>^crei.
/ Of) \
/cat ou
>
TTicrreueTe.
'37 T I
llai^
v/x(,^'
"
o
'*
S 'S
OLOcocnv
'
man/. WH
^^ ouf Tr
^*
Oi-x T Tr ///^/ry. mart;.
3« oCror 5ri T. "7 Tr.
^„^,
254 KATA IQANHN. vi. 44.
**
dWfjkcou. ovSet? hvvarai i\6eiv Trpd? /ute"^®
eav fir)
/xr)
o oju napa tov ueov, ovto<; ecopaKev tov iraTepa.
^^
irpos f'/x*
Tr WH ;«flry., Trpds fit
Tr warrj'.
*^
Trpos /if Tr 2»ar^. *" Omit WH in secondary reading
*^ 6(6v *^ Add Tr in
T. etr (fif primary reading
*^
anodvffCTKr] Tr wffr^'.
WH marff.
** rot)
e'/ioO T.
" (fj(T(Tai Tr. 46 T transfers to end of verse.
*' oJ 'louSaiot
Trpos oAXijXovr
Tr mar^.
'*^
17/iif ovroj T.
*» Omit T inWH secondary reading Tr text, [avrod] Tr marff.
v'l. 67. KATA mANHN. 255
Ta pijfxaTa a iyat
dXXa^^ ^
keXaXrjKa vplp npevfxd ^cttip /cat t^wrj idTCP'
ti<TLp i^ vfjiwp TLP€<; ot ov TTLCTTevovaLP. *Ht8et ydp
eg ap)(rj^ 6 'It/ctou? rtVe? elalp ol fxrj niaTevopTes
/cat rt9 CfTTLP Ata
6 TrapaSojcrojp avTOP.
Kal ekeyep ^
TovTO (.iprjKa vfXLP ort ovSet? hvpaTac ekdelp
npo^ /xe^^
eai^ ixrj tj
Ot0op.€pop avToj e/c tov naTpos- E/c
*
ToxjTnv TToXXot tK^^ Twp p.aOrjTOip avTov dnyjkOop
et9 Ta oTTiooi Kal ou/ce'rt /act' auroG TrcpundTovp.
Etnep OVP 6 rots SojScKa Kal uyxets
l-qaov^; Mrj
" "
•5"
Soriin Wi'slcrii documfnls add rra/S^dro,
'
WH.
•""•i
dVor T Tr. 02 jIaA' T. £-3
7rf,6i €>< T.
''^
TovTou uui> T. tiO
Omit T.
256 KATA IfiANHN. vi. 68.
^^
BiXere viroiyeLu ; aircKpidy) avT(o XCfxojp llerpo?
KvpLe, 7rpb<i riVa aTreXeucrd/xe^a ;
ptJixaTa C,o)rj<;
al(o-
VLOv €)(eLS,
/cat rjixeLS TrenLCTTevKapep /cat eyvtoKa-
''^
^
VII. Kat^ perd raOra TrepteTrctret
6^ 'iTycrou? eV
ovSet? ydp
TL ip KpvTTT^ TTOtet /Cat ^i^Tct auTo? * ei'
irapprfdia.
eti'at
•
et ravra 7rotet9, (f)ap€pco(TOP creavTOP rw Kocrpo).
ovo€ ydp ol a8eX(^ot avroC iiriaTevop ets ovtop.
^
Xeyet oSt'^ avTols o 'irjaovs O /catpo? 6 e/xd? ovnco
rrapeaTLP, 6 8e /catpd? 6 vp€Tepo<; irdpTOTe iaTLP erot-
^
/xo?. ov Swi^arat 6 Koapos picrelp vpd<?, ipe oe
picreLy ort eyw piapTvpco nepi avTov otl ra epya avrov
^ '
56 ^' fir T.
ai/Toi' wa,paSifiwat T. &>«'
^
Omit T. 2 Omit in secondary reading Tr WH.
^
TO f'pya (TOV T Tr WH ?Harf/., ra tpya "WH in secondary reading.
* avTo Tr
marg. WH tuanj. RV mcirq.
*
Uuiit T. 6
ov« T Tr WH w^/v/. RV marg.
vn. 21. KATA inANHN. 257
'^
'
Otnil T Tr. »
riirrur T Tr iiui,;/.
WH iiiarij.
® dAX' T. ^° noXvi T. ^^
tco o;^Xo) T.
rjv Tttpi ax/Tiiv
1'-*
Oiiiil WH T III
sicoiidary midiiig, [fit |
Tr marr/.
^^ dtbwKfv T WH matfj.
17
258 KATA IfiANHN. vii. 22.
^ Stct tovto ^*
heScDKev
ndi^res Oavixd^erc. Mcuvcrrj^
vfxiv ry)u TrepLTOjXTJu,
— ov)( otl e'/c tov Mwucrew?
iarlu dXX' ck tcou narepcou,
— koI iu ^^ cra^^aTM
^ tl
Treptre/xi^eTe dvOpojuou. nepLTOfxrju Xafx/Bdvei
^^ ^^
o dv0pcjTro<5 iu cra/8y8aTa> Iva fir) Xv6r) 6 v6p.o^
Mojuo'ewg, lp.o\ ^oXaTe ort oKov avOpconou vyLjj
^*
i-rroirjcra
eV crayS/SciTw ; /at) Kpiuere kut o^lu, dXXd
SiKaiau
^ ovv
Tr]v Kpiaiv Kpiver^}^ "EXe-yof
'
^^
TLU€^ e/c Tcof lepoao\vix€iT(O P O^X o^^'o^ Icttiv ov
^^
^r]Tov(TLU dnoKTelvai, ; Koi tSe rrapprjaia XaXet kol
ovOeu avT(p Xeyovoriv- p,T] nore dXrfdct)<; eyvoxrav ol
aTT-ecTTetXet'. Jbi^'^Toui'
GUI' avrou TTiacrai, /cat
1^ o
T, davfidCfTf Sea tovto Tr (exf, RV wotr^/.
^^ WH omit in secondary rcadint^.
^®
Omit in secondary reading WH Tr marff.
" Add 6 T.
^«
Kpii;
^®
T, 'Upoa-oXvfJLiTcjv
Tr.
'ifpotToXw/xftTwi'
^*' T.
dne'o'TaXACti'
21
fX77Xi;^ej' Tr ww/y/.
22 lloXXoi fie (niOTfvaav (k tov o^Xov T.
VII. 39. KATA IfiANHN. 259
77/309
vceafrou9'n'^'f
v/xet?
Hov outo9 fueWei
'\\27
nopev-
'
'^°
eauaL otl rjpeis ov)( evpr]cropeu
avTou ; pi] ei9 7171/
CLaa-TTopav tcji/
'EXXtJvcju peXXet TTopeveaOai
koI oiod-
Tt9 icTTLv 6 Xdyo9 ouro9 ov
'^''
aK^Lu Tovs "EXXT]ua<i ;
ottou
eiTTC Ar)T7](TeT€ pe Kat ovx evprjaere /xe /cat
^'
'Ez^ 8e TTj iaxoLTT) rjpepa r// peydXy T179 iopTrj<;
L(TTT]K€i^^ 6 '\r)aov<;, kol €Kpa^eu^^ Xeyoju ]^au rt9
^T 7rot«r T.
^''
Omil, ill srcondary rrndiiit^ Tr ?)iarff.
^i"'
viTTji)fTn? aflcr (iTrtfrTftXni/ T. ^o f ),„it T Tr not marff.
^7 28 T.
fitnti nlrm T. ( ,,„j|
20 Omit T Tr not
mar(/.
»<»
darijitft T Tr.
31
cVC'i'T.
«=*
OmitT.
3'^
o Tr w.y;y/. WH marff.
^*
7>fAXoi/ T.
3''
TTIfri-f V'll/Tf V T.
''^
Tr ucl(l''Ayioi' 111
i)riiiiai,y rciidiuf,',
RV marr/. udd^Aytoi/ fitbofUmv.
260 KATA inANHN. Vii. 40.
*°
oTt 'Ir^crovs ovno)^'^ iSo^da-drj. 'Ek tov ox^ov ovi>
aKovaavTes toju koyiov tovtcju ekcyov otl"° Uvto^
" dXXot
icTTiv dk-qOm 6 npo(f)T]Ty]<;' eXeyov Ouros
iaTLV 6 ^^picrTO?-
ol he^^ eXeyov Mrj yap e'/c
T179
*^ *°
TaXtXatas 6 ^picrro^ epx^rai; clneu
ol^ r; ypa(f)r]
"
TT^S
OTTOV -QU AaU€t8,
KWjJLTJ'i €p\^Tai'' 6 )(/3t,0-T09 /^^
(T\iarfxa
ovu eyevero evo^Aoj ot auroi^. toj rt^^e9
*^
8e yjOeXop i$ avTcou iridcrai avTov, aXX' ouSet? efiakeu
eV avTOv rd^ ^elpa^. '^'"''HXOou ovv ol vttt)-
^^ ov8fir<o T.
^^ Omit,
T, omit in secondary reading Tr mrtrr/.
WH.
39 n'AAoi T. *°
o^x' T.
^^ 6 T. ^^ T.
xP'fTos f'pxfTai firtfidkfv
43 8ia7i T.
*4 Add 0)5- DITTOS XaXft 6
<iv6puinos T, in primary reading
Tr add <bj
OVTOi 6 I'ivdpWTSOi.
*^ Omit in
secondary reading Tr WH. ^° Omit T.
VIII. 9. KATA IfiANHN. 261
^^
VTjdov /cat tSe ort e/c ttJ§ FaXtXata? 7rpo(f)i]Tr)<;
otiR-
e'yeiy3erat.
[53
Kat 48 eTTopevuTjaav
Tx V 'zl »
eKacTTo^
*> jvT
et<; ror ot/coz^
j'N
avrou,
^
VIII. 'Ii7cro{>? Se iiropevdr) ei? to "Opo? rwt'
^ ^
'EAat&ji/. ^Opdpov Se ttoXlv TrapeyeucTo eh to
lepop, /cat TTa? o Xao ^ r)p^eT O rpo^ avTov, /cat Kad i-
T
^^ tV Ti)s FaXtXatay T.
7r/)of/)ijrr;j
*^ Most of tlic aiKuciit aiitliurities omit JcjIiii vii. 5.S-viii. 1 as do also
1,
all inodf;rii critical editors. The text itseU" varies much in tlic several
documents which contain it. We edit this sectiou according to the texts
of Trci^'clhs, of Wcslcott and llort, and of tlie Revised Version.
^
ri'Kflft'
WH Mi/iy.
^ Omit in
secondaiy readini,' WH.
^
f'ni A^<n)ri(i
yiva'iKa WH manj. "^
tlixov WH marij.
^
So RV, ftXrfnTui WH marff,
®
tnavTo(pd>p(o Tr.
' ti WH f/it/ri/.
^ Ailil TTfpJ avTJjt RV WH niarff.
"
('yjiiifj)fu
WH iiutnj.
"^
Xi'^oi/ in u\>;i\v ^oKtTU) Tl', (V (wtijv Jtoi'] Xt'^oi^ /rJaXtVo) WH marg.
''
KurCD Kl>\/'UV Tr, KUT-iU KU>//llt Tcji
5uiCTI;Xa> WH iiiunj.
RV.
262 KATA lOANHN. viii. 10.
^^
Se aKOvcraPTeq ^^iqp^ovTo ei? KaO" elq ap^dixevoL
ano 70)1^
TTpea^vTepiov,^^ koX KarekeicpOrj /xoi^o?,^* kol ~ '
Kpivev ; Tj
oe enrev Uwoei?, Kvpie. evnev oe o
jxiqKeTi ajxapTave.j
^^
UdXiv ovv avTOt? iXak-qcrev 6 ^^ 'lr)(Tov<i \tyo}p
'Eya> elfxt to <f)a)q
tov Koa-p-ov 6 aKoXovOaiU pot^^
ov py} TrepLTTaTTQcrr) iv Tjj CTKOTia, dXX' e^et to (f)(o<;
^^
Trj<i C^y^'s- eliTOP
^PapLaaioL Sv irepl
ovv avTO) ot
v/j,ei?
13
KoBeli Tr.
1^
Add ea)f Tcop ((TxoTcov RV, so in primary reading Tr.
1* Add 6 'l;;o-o£? Tr WH nirnr/. RV.
1^
Add Ka) ^r^htva Bfavdfifvoi irkfjv ttjs yvvaiKos Tr in primary reading
1^
Ti) yvuinKi TTOV WH t>/rnr/.
1'
Add (Kflvoi o'l
KaTr/yopoi aov Tr in primary reading.
1^
(cal Tr. 1^
Omit in secondary reading Tr WH.
20
6>o/ T.
^1
ij /luijTVjHa fxov uKr]6rji icmv Tr mui'ij.
WH marg.
23 Umit T. 23
(j,„jt_ T ^jj -^ secondary reading.
"
ytypafifievov tarlu T.
VTii. 28. KATA If2ANHN. 263
^^
av6p(i}TT(iiV 7) fxapTvpCa oKr^Oiq^ e<JTiv. lydi ei/xt
6 fxapTvpuiu Trepl ep.avTov /cat
fxaprvpel rrepl ifxov 6
nepxfia^ p.e TraTrjp. ekeyov ovv avTO) ilov ecrriv
6 Trarijp aov ;
aTreKpidr) ^Irjaov^; Otire e/xe otSare
oure Tov Trarepa pov el ipe jjSecTe, koL rov Trarepa
pov av rjoeLTe. lavra ra p-qpara ekakrjcrev ev to)
Xeyet? ort
•
eV TrJ
oi/cta et<> ro// alcjva' 6 vto? /xeVet et? roi^ alaipa.
eaz^ oui^ o vto? vjita? optoj^
eXevuepojcrr), eXevuepoi
^'
eaecrOe. otSa ort
airepp-a ^A^padp. iare' dXXd
^r)TeLTe pe diroKTelvaL, otl 6 Xoyo? 6 e/xo? ov Ywoet
ef K/xt/^.
a eyo) ecupuKa rrapa tco Trarpt XaXco
•
at* e/xe, eyw ya/> f'<^ tou ueov egrjKtfop kul yjKco- ovoe
yoLp o-tt'
ifjiavTov iktjkvOa, aXX' e/cett'd? /xe aTrecrreiXei'.
Ota Tt rr^i^
AaAtav tt]!' e/xi^i'
ou yivojcTKeTe ; otl
ov hvvacrOe aKoveiv rov \6yov tou epov. ^
vpelq e/c
TOV TTaTpO<i TOV Sia/36XoV €(TT€ KoL TttS kTTi9vpia<i TOV
e^et? ;
aTreKpiOrj ^\y](TOvq 'Eyoj Sat/xoVtoi/ ou/c e^w,
aXXa Tt/xw TOt' TTUTepa pov, kol u/xetq aTtpaljeTe pe.
Xoyop Trfprjrrr],
OdpaTOP ov prj Oeo)py](Tr) et? top auopa.
eiTTap avTO) ol louoatot Nvp eyPMKapep otl Oat-
^'^
urin- Tr. 36 „^
yfyfvvi^ftffia
T WH miirfj.
3"
;^.n7-,' T. 3' So RVoi'»c itjTrjKfv T Tr RV w^r^.
^^ 30 ,;^„^ Tr.
2(i,u,,,lTr){ T.
266 KATA IfiANHN. viii. 53.
Kttt crt»
Xeyet9 Edu Tt9 tou Xoyov fxav TTjpTJay), ov
^^
/MT) yevcriQTaL Oaudrov et<? tou aicui/a* /X17 (tv fiei^cDu
^^
olSa avTov koI tov \6yov avTOv Tiqpo). 'A/Spadp
o TTaTTQp vpcDV rfyaKKiacTaTo it'a 1617 tyjv yjpepau ttqv
^
IX. Kai irapdyoiv ei^ev dvOpoiiTov TvcfiXov Ik yeve-
^
TrJ?. KOL rjponiqaav avTov ol pa07)Tal avTOv XeyovTe^i
^
*Pa/3/3et, Tt9 rjpapTev, ovto^; ^ ot yot'etg auroi), tVa
^
TV(f)Xoq yei^vr)6y ;
aTTeKpWr) "it^crovf; OvTe o5ro5
rjpapTev ovTe ol yovet^ avTov, dXX iva (ftavepcoOrj
ra e^ya tov oeov ev avTio. r)paq oet
epyaC,eauai.
*o So Tr Mar//., TjfiStv
T Tr WH marff.
^^
{./xwi/
T Tr mar/ji.
^^
f('S_77
T. ''^
(w/ja/cff Tr mftr/jf., taipaKev at WH w.'T/-/;.
^^ RV mnrg. adds »cai SuX^w;' Sta neaov avTotv tnoptiifTO, koi Tiaprjyfp
OVTOtS.
^
^
'Pa/3/3i Tr. «>« Tr mart/.
IX. 15. KATA IfiANHN. 267
iaTtf epx^"
TO.
epya tov Tre/xi/zat'To? jxe^ ewq* r^fMepa
"
rat pv^ ore owSetq Swarat epydt^ea-Qai. orau iv
^
Tcu Kocriicii Si, (f)co<; et/xt tov Kocrfiov. ravra enroiv
^
fffias T. '^
oii Tr mn/i/. WH mar//.
» So Tr /«^/r/7., f'n€xpi<r(v
T Tr WH wj^r^jr.
'^"
[airroOJ Tr raar^.
8 ' Tr
Add fit oTi Tr OTffr^.
dXX' (not wjary.).
" Oiiill Tr WH in scrondjiiv ifading.
^^ Tr
» Omit T Tr in socondary reading. Add [ojcj OTarjr.
268 KATA IfiANHN. ix. 16.
^*'
TOV9 o^OakyiOV^, /cat epLxjjdfirjp,
€7rt /cat ^kenoi. eXe~
kaKrja-et.
^^
OJtos o uv0pa>Troi niiK (<ttiv napa 6eov Tr marg.
^^
Omit T Tr WH in secondary reading, but [Se] Tr marg.
J^2
o-i T( T Tr marg.
^^
^yot^/i- T.
^* Tr ^^
Tv^Xoy ^1/ »?rtr7. Omit Tr.
i«
ahroi Tr »/r//Y/.
^'
617701/ T Tr.
^®
€pa>TijaaTf Tr WH war^.
IX. 35. KATA inANHN. 269
^'^
Tw\6<i icTTLu. dneKpCdr) ovv iKtCi/os Kt dfJLapT(i)X6<i
icTTLU ovK olSa' eV olSa otl TV(f)Xos mv^^ dpri /SXeVcK.
p,rj
Kal v^tt9 OeXere avTov fxa07]Tal yeveaSai ; ^^ /cat ^^
^^
6 iivSptoTT'ii ovToi T Tr (iiol iiuiri/.)
2° Tr 21
7/:tr;i/
k^hI
wr//y/. ^JJ [ttuAii']
Tr y//tf/y,
22 Alld
0^1/ WH W,//Y/.
28 Oinit, T ;
olbi Tr but *cai [Tr ///rtry.].
34 ,7,
flTTOV Tr. 26
(ipipTwXwj/ 6 Otoi T.
2" T.
^Vn^«V
2' o Tr in
'lr;f7(M'v ]»iiiiiary nailing'.
2^ Aild ui/Tw Tr ill
jiriiiiaiy rtadiiij^
270 KATA I12ANHN. ix. 36.
"
TOP VLOV Tov'^'/3' 29 36'
' ' •>
'Q
TTLCTTeveLS CIS apupconov ;
aneKpLUi]
eKeiPO<; Kai enrep Kai rt5 ecmp,^ Kvpie, Lpa iri-
^'
ar^vacj els avTOP ; elnep avrio 6 'Ir^crou? Kat
icopaKa<;^^ avTOP Kat 6 XaXwp jxera crov iKelpos iarip.
^6 8e €(^17 ntcrreuoj, Kvptf kol npoaeKVPiqa-ep avTw.
^^
KoX elnep 6 ^Irjcrovs Ets Kpifxa eyo) els top k6-
(TfJiOP TOVTOP
rjkOop, fJLT) /SXenopTes (BXenojcnp Lpa ol
^^
Kol ol (SXe-jTOPTes TV(f)Xol yepoiPTai. WKOvaap eK
TO)p ^apiaaioiv toajtol 01 fxeT avTOv oPTes, Kat
emap avTO) Mr] Kat rjjxeLS TvcpKoi ecrjxep ; emep
avTOLs o irjcrovs tiL
TVfpKoi iqTe, ovk up et^ere
' '
pvp he XeyeTe otl
ajxapTiap
' '^
'36
Bkenofjiep afxapTta
.^^—
7} .^.—— —
vjxoip fxepei.
29
()fov Tr RV (not mar//.).
^° 60 T ;
omit koI emei* Tr iiiar^. WH secoudary reading; omit WH
^^ Add ((f)r}
Tr mar//. WH marff.
^^
foapuKas Tr.
33 Omit T. 3* flnop Tr.
3^ Otr)it ill secondary rcadint,' WH.
3^ al Tr
ifiapriai vp-wv p.€vovaiv marg.
^
[»cat] orav Tr marg.
X. 16. KATA IfiANTIN. 271
/cat TO.
Trpo/SaTa avroj aKoXovOel, on otbacriu TTfv
' ^
(j)0)vrjv avToi) dWoTpLco 8e ov
jxr) aKoXovByjcrovcrLu
aWa (f)ev^ouTaL an avTov, otl ovk otSacTL twu dXXo-
^
TpuDV TTju (fiojvTJi'. TavTr)v Trjv napoifJLLap elnev
auTOt? 6 'iT^croO? IkcIvoi 8e ovk eyvcoarav Tiva yjv^
d eXaXet aurot?. '
2 Tr 8
V Oiiiil, T, TrciAn; avrvli Tr.
"*
Oriiil ill
secondary reading WH. ^ on tyu>
T.
« Omit. T
' Add di Tr ill Tr
|iriinarv n^iidinj;, liiif ffif ] /KfrflujTov mary.
^ Add Tr
[t("j npojinra. o fit
fii(T0u>rui (ptvyn] i/iitrf/.
^ Tr
yivwiTKovniv
272 KATA lOANHN. x. 17.
22 't7i
'
'13 ^"^
ra
^
14 > ' ' ^ 15 16 »T
hiyeveTO Tore evKatvia €v tois lepo-
^ Kal irepieTraTei 6^^ ^liqcrov^
croXvfxoL'i' ^etju-wf '^p,
epya a iyoj
*
^^ T.
"yfi'r/crfrai
" So RV nH/rff.,
T Tr RV WH marr/.
aipfi
^^ oiv T.
13 So Tr ?//r//V7. RV munj., Se T Tr RV. 1*
ey- ^r.
15 Omit T. i«
'lep- T Tr.
1' Tr WH omit in secondary reading.
1^ eKvK\evaav Tr ?/i«r^.
WH ///«ry.
18a ,,Ve Tr.
X 37. KATA lOANHN. 273
nepl cfxov
" ^^
dWa Ujitets ov TncTTeveTe, on ovk ^^ eVre
' " n ' "^ ' '^
20 27 ^ '
J
I
^
e/c Tuiv niJopaToju tojv efjiMu- ra Trpopara ra
e/xa ri^s (jjiovrj'^ {xov aKovovaiv, Kayoj yivcLXiKoj avra,
^^
Koi u.KoXovSovariv /xot, /cdyw StSw/utt avroi? t,(t)r^v
atoji^toi^, Kai ou /xt^
aiToKoiVTai ets Tot' aLcoua, Kai
""^
^' ou Tr
yri/) mirrq.
^^ Add 1
K(td(t)<i (iTTou viilu] Tr wr//;-/.
^'
f<ijr)«'
aloivioi- fiidwui riuToiv Tr iihirij.
22 2s WH ///^//v/. RV (not W(//v/ ),
2'
fi(i(<i)v uTJiv WH marfj.
2''
Tr iidds /loi/ iti
piiiiiary reading.
^^ Tr adds oZv in pritjiary rcadiiip.
^^ >caXa
tftya (bfi^ti ii/«j) Tr e/jya K«Xa tdfi^n vfxiv
T WH marij.
20 Tj. WH
Diiiil, ill .sccoiiclarv
rcadiii;^.
IH
274 KATA inANHN. X. 38.
Ta
\V '^ / •
// 38'
epya tov narpo^ [xov, fxrj Trtcrrevere fxoL et
^
XI. 'Hi^ 8e Tt9 daOevwv, Ad^apos dno Br/^afta? eK
T^? K(oix7j<i MapCa^^ Kal Mdp0a^ T179 dhe\(f)T]<i avTrj<i.
^
rju Ma/3ta/x^ r) dXeLxftacra tov Kvpiov fxvpo) Kat
8e
28 TTKrTe^frf T.
2^ Omit TraXei/ T, noKw avrov Tr, [TraXii;] avroi/
WH marr/.
^'^
'loidvinji T. 31 So Tr OTff/-^., f/iftffj/
T Tr WH marff.
1 ^
Tjjs Mapias T. Mapia T.
XI. 20. KATA mANHN. 275
^ ^
TrdKiv. \4yov(Tiv avTw ol ixaOrjTai 'Pa^/8et, vvv
»
Pfi3/9/ Tr. "*
(Innu T Tr.
* « Tr,
nvra ol /ia^r;Ta.' T. avfi-
' ^ Kai Tr
^HX^f:/ Tr man/. tvi)tt> marff.
» Tr i" Add Tr.
Omit ^fir; T, r/^€>«r 71^7 ;/w/-//. »}
^^
MapLafx^^ 8e iu tw olkw CKa^e^ero. elneu ovu -q
'Eycu eljXL -q
dvaoTTacn^ Koi 17 t^wrj 6 TncTTevcuv et?
Koti'
^ Kal ttcis 6 koL ttl-
e/xe aTToOavrj ^TJaeraL, i,(t)u
e'yoj
TreTTtcrreuKa
771^
eri^° cV Tw TOTTO) OTTOV virrjvTiqcrev avrco r] Mdpda.
ot ovf lovoatot ot ovTes fxer avrrjs €v ttj olklo,
Tj
ovv
mapiapj w? ifkuev oirov iqv irjaovs toovcra
avTov eVreo'ei' avrou vrpd? rou? 7rd8a?, Keyovcra avTu
13
Ma/ji'a T Tr WH marff.
1* Tr
npos TOP iu })riinary reading.
" Omit WH /Kflr^r. [Tr marr/.'].
^^
irfdvrjKei Tr wary.
" [aXAa] (cat Tr marff.
is
^a^pa T Tr.
19
etVoCo-a T. 20 (j|„i( t [Tr /«tf/y.].
21 ^^ T.
iyupfrai T. (px^erai
XI. 44. KATA IDANHN. 277
ep^eTai els to
'
"•*
Omit Tr in socoiid.'iry reading,'.
^^ Omit 6 in secondary n-adin^ WH Tr mar</., ui/ToU 6 'irjaviis T Tr
^^ Tr oiiiils iu sccoudary reading.
278 KATA IfiANHN. xi. 45.
*^
vndyeiv. TIoA-Xol ovv e'/c twu lovdaia)i>,
so 6 Tr wary. ^^
Kaia0aj T Tr.
32 Tr OTO-ry.
.j/iili;
^^
.7/xfXXeiy T Tr.
** Tr ^^ ovu T.
<Tvvf^ov\fv(TavTo »tory. 'ir/frovr
88
*E</)pat/i
Tr. ^'
hierpi^tv T Tr »i«ry.
xii. 6. KATA inANHN. 279
-q
Se ot/cia inXr)-
^ ^
po)Or) e/c
T7^9 ocTfxrjs tov pvpov. Xe'yet 8e^ 'lovSa?
o 'Icr/captojri^s ets Twt'® jxaOr^TOiv avTov, 6 peXXcuv
avTov vapaoLOovaL ata rt tovto to pvpov ovk
ewpaOr) TpLaKOtrioiv orjvapLO)v koI ihoOrj tttw^oi? ;
eiTrei^ 8e tovto ov-^ otl ncpl twv iTToi)(o)v epeXcv
avTco aXX otl kXctttt]'; r)v Kai to yXoicrcroKOixov
38
'Up- T Tr. 39
HXfyav T.
*° Tr
firroXrjv mnrq.
^ ^
Add o TfdvrjKwf Tr in prini.irv reading;. o 'l^Tory Tr.
3 Omit Tr b\il, (Tr mf/n/. "*
T.
|. M<i(.t'.i
' Omit in secondary reading,' Tr WH, ^
(ir\f^iTOrj Tr marg.
' Omit in secondary reading WH, ovv Tr *^
Tr marf/,
liyuuvof
» »V ri./ T. 10
^,„^/ T.
280 KATA IfiANHN. xii. 7.
^
€)(Oiv
ra ySaXA.ojaei'a i^daTa^eu. elireu ovu 6 *lyj-
(Tovs A<^e9 avTrfV, iva^^ et? ttjv rjfjiepau tov ivra-
^
cfyiaafxav fxov Trjprjay avTo •
tov^ tttw^ou? yap
navTOTe e)(eTe fxeff eavTcou, ifxe Se ov Trdi>TOT€ €)(^eT€.
11
avTTjp Xva RV, avTr]v
•
tva RV piar^. ^^
rfKOov T Tr.
13
Si> RV marg. [6J Tr marg., but omit T Tr RV.
1^
'Up- T Tr. 16
'fl- T.
^' Tr ^' ol
[fcaij marg. fta^i^rm auroD Tr.
XII. 27. KATA IfiANHN. 281
^^
avT(o. ^EfxapTvpet ovv 6 0^X09 6 wv jxer avTov
ore^^ TOP Aa^apof i(f)a)i^r)o-eu
e/c tov fxur^fxeLov kol
18 .'Irt T Tr wr/;Y/.
18 Q,n[t but [koi] Tr wmry.
Tr
^° A'lil Tr ^1
(oXov] marg. nixxTKvi'rirrovaiv Tr.
"2
np'XTfiXOou T Tr. aa
i(,;{),7ui,'),~,
T Tr.
" Omit T. 2D ^yj ^jjXti/ Tr >/i,rrr/.
'^ 2'
Omit Tr mrrr//. u7rt»cptVaTO Tr ffiflr^.
2° uTToAcVtt Tr mar//.
282 KATA IfiANHN. xii. 28.
V
etn-cu ;
Trarep,
/
acocrou
^ ,
fxe
,^r/
eK ttj^ (opas
/
TavTr)s.
op
/cei^.
aneKpLUT] /cat etTret" Ir^crovs Uu ot e/xe
>'
€nL(TTevou €15
» »'
avTou,
38"
Lua
«\'
o
'tt
Hcraiou*^'
' 37
tov
'^
Aoyo9
iTf)0(f)7JTov irXrjpojOrf
bu elnep
"
KvpLe, Tt9 inicrTevcreu rfj aKofj rjfjicju ;
/cat 6 ^pa^ioiv Kvpiov tlul direKaXvcpdrj ;
e'/xe
ov mareveL €t9 e'/xe
dXXa clq tov nepxfjavTa pe,
/cat o (7eo)poju e/xe ueajpec tov nepxffauTa pe. eyo)
*''
ort eyoj e^ ifxavTov ovk iXdXrjaa,
•
ia-)(O.Tr) Tjfxepa
aXX o 7Tefjixfja<i fxe naTTjp avTos ^xoi iuToXiju SeSojKCU
TL ttTTco Kai Tt KaA.r)(TCO. /cat otoa OTt i^ evTohrj
avTov C,o}ri alwvios icrnu. a ovv e'yoi XaXw, KaOo)<;
^
XIII. Upo Se T^s eopTrj<; rod Tracr^^a etScog
o It^ctous ort 7)\0eu avTov r) lopa Iva fxeTafirj e/c
^
Tov Kocrixov TovTov 7Tpo<i
TOP
TTaTepa dya7nj(Ta<;
Tovs totov9 Tov<; Iv TO) KocTfXM €19 Teko^ rjydTTrjaep
^ ^
avTov^. Kat SetVfov yivop^evov, tov StaySoXov 1787^
crov9 Kat elirep aural 'O eya» ttoiw cru ouk ot8a9
^
a^rt, ypoxTT) Se /xera ravra. Xeyet aurw ner^o9
Ov /U.17 vi^rj^ jJiov Tov'i 7rdSa9 et9 rdi^ alwpa. dne-
KpiBrf \ri(TOV<^ avTOi Edp prq i^ti//w (xe, ouk e^et9 /xe-
^
/309 /xer' ifJLOv. Xeyet avrw Sifjiojp UcTpo^^ Kvpte,
fJiYf TOU9 7rdSa9 ftov jxopop dXXd Kat ra9 ^eipas kol
^
naripa,
— dyanfiaas . .
aiiTovs,
— Koi WH mary.
^ ^ Tr
Add [iKflvos] Tr. IleT/xjj St/xwj' //;«/-y.
XIII. 20. KATA IQANHN. 285
^°
Tr)v Xeyet avT(o 'ir^crov?* 'O XeXov/xeVo?
KecfiaXijv.
ovK evet ^peiav el fxt] tov<; 7r66a«s^ vixpaadaL, dk)C
ecTTiv Ka6apo<; 6\oq' /cat ti/xei? Kadapoi icrre, aW
" aurw*
ou;^t Travre?. l}^^^ 7^/^ '''o^
Tra/aaStSovra
Sta TovTo elirev otl Ov)(l rrdvTes Kadapoi icrre.
Kvpi,o<;
/cat o StSacr/caXo?, /cat u/xet? o^etXere aXXi^-
^^
Xwt' p'nrreiv tov^ TroSa?* uTToSety/xa yap eooi/ca^
pojIJr)
(>
Tpoyop pov top aprop einqpep en
epe TTjP TTTeppap avTov. air aprt Keyoi vpip
irpo TOV yepeaftai, tVa Trtfrrei^Tyre^** orar yeprjTai otl
ey(i) eLfit ap-qp apip' Keyui vpcp, o kappaPOiP
* Tr.
[o\ *I;jfroGp
''
Oiiiil T WH in secondary reading.
^
\k(i\\
Tr miirr/.
'
uv'fTTtatv iriiKiv, WH i,i<ir(/.
o hihoiKd T RV. n
ous- Tr marf/.
'"
/ifT* f'^ou T Tr marff. RV /«rtr^.
^'
inripKfv T.
dnufjTt T.
''"*
'^
TTHTTfvfrriTt T, hut onif yfvrjrm ni(TT(v(TriTt Tr mnrg.
^''
f'ya> fi'/ii
WH mury.
286 KATA inANHN. xiii. 21.
K€Lfjiepa)P 7rpo<i
tl elirep avTco •
tlp€<; yap cBokovp,
CTTCt TO yXcocraoKOfJiop elx^p 'lovSa?, oTt Xeyet avTco
ojp
ir)(Tov^ Ayopaaop -^petap e^^Ofiep et? Trjp
-^p Se I'u^.
1^
[oSc] fif Tr.
^°
Omit in secondary reading WH. i'
fTrtTreo-wi' T.
^^
GUI' eKfiws T, [ouv] Tr marr/.
^^ Omit ^o Tr
in secondary reading Tr. Qmit T, [ovv] mar^.
^^
Omit in secondary reading Tr WH.
22
[Xan^dvfi Kai']
Tr »i«/y.
23
T-ri^^joj/
T Tr.
24 Tr.
[6] 'lr](xovs
XIV. 3. KATA IfiANHN. 287
tpqrrjcreTe fxe,
/cat Kado)<; elirov rots 'louSatotg ort
"Ottou eyoj virdya) vfiel^ ov SvvacrOe ekOeiv, /cat vyxii'
"^
Xe'yoj dpTi. evToXrjv KaLurjp StSto/xt v/xti'
tVa aya-
rrare aXXi^Xof?, Ka^wg -qyaTrrjcra u/xa? tVa /cat u/xet'j
"^^
XIV. ^
Mt) rapaacreaOoi vp.oiv KapSia' infTTeveTe
-q
'^
tt9^ TOP Oeop, /cat 619 e/xe TrtcrTcuere. eV rj^ ot/cta toO
*
iyoi Kai vfjielf; 'qre. ottov iycu virdyo) otSare^
/cat
^
oSou.^
Trju Aeyet avToi ©oj/xa? Kvpie, ovk
^
otSa/xet" TTOv UTrayet?' Trcoq'^ oiSa/u-ci^ Tr}u oSop ;^ Xe-
•*
[e'yu]
Tr w^//y/.
^ Add [Kat] Tr w/^//y/. RV ma/'//.
^ Add [oi5((r«] Tr nutrr/. RV marg. '
koI Trwr T.
® Tr ®
Tr.
8vvdfji(6a Trjv 686v fiSei/at marg. 6 'ijjcroiif
10 T. ^^ Tr RV.
iyvonKaTf efx€ yvatafoBf T, ai" f/Seirt
^^ <cai
arrapTi T [/col] ott dpT^ Tr mnrq.
^^
Add aiiroj' T Tr in primary rcadiii£^ WH in secondary reading.
^* Omit in secondary reading WH.
^^
Too-ouro) xpoi'V T Tr »/«;y. WH w«r_i7.
^^ Tr. 1' \aKu> Tr
i
Km] TTtof wr/r^.
^^
6 iv T Tr in primary reading.
^^
airoi) WH M</;-y.
^® Add /Aot
Tr in primary reading WH marg.
XIV. 23. KATA IfiANHN. 289
V V / ' 21 13 ^ ''
22 * ' '
to TTvevpa Trj<;
tfecopei
avTo ovoe yipcoaKef vfxec^ yupoxTKeTe avTo,
ort nap vfXiP pepei /cat e^* vp.ip ecmp. (Jvk a(f)r)-
^^
(T(o vfioLf;
ep^o^iai Trpo? vpaq.
6p(f)aPov<;, en pcKpop
/cat 6 /cdcr/xo? /xe ou/ceTt"^^
OecDpel, u^ei? Se 6eojpeLT€ pe,
OTt eyoj 4^^ Kat vpei^; C,y](T€T€, cp eKetpr) ttj rjpepa
vp€L^ yiuoaeaOe^^ on
ip tm iraTpi pov /cat vpei<; iyco
^^
ip ipol Kayo) eV vplp. 6 e^cop ra? eVroXctq pov /cat
^*
7ropfuo/i(u, WH w^//y/.
2- o rt T Tr.
^^
uiTTiTf Tr ?//^//;(/.
WH ;/////
,7.
^^
Omit in .st;con(larv icadint;- WH RV Mfor/., (/x«j Tr mi/r//.
26 So Tr nutrr/. RV, (y<),
T Tr WH «/^//y/.
^''
TrffniiTdTfTr niirni .
yeprjTai
eiprjKa
/
TTLcrTevcrrjTe.
vjxip
30
irpip
'
ov/cert
/
ye-
t;
°
*
yxetVare eV ifxoi, Kaycj eV vfilu. KaOoi^ to KXrjfia
ov Sui^arat Kapnop (^ipeiv a<^' eavTov iau /xt) fJieur) ^
iu TTj dfJiTreXa), ovtco<; ovoe i5/Ltet? idi^ fir) iu ifiol
^ "
fieuy)Te. i-yco elp.L -q a/x7reXo9, v/xetg tol KXrj^aTa,
6 fxepojp iv ifxoX Kayoi iu avrco ouro? (jiepei Kapirov
TTo\-vv, OTi X^^P'-^ ijxov ov ovvacrOe Troietu ouSeV.
®
idv fjcq TL<; p-iur} eV e'/xot, i/3Xijdr) e^oj 6)<? to /cX>J/xa
KOL i^rjpdvOr), Kol avvdyovaLu avTo.^ /cat et? to
^
^
TTvp fidWovcTLV KOL KULeTat. Edu jxeivr^Te iu ifiol
KOL rd py]fj.aTd p.ov iu vfxlu fxeLuj),
o eai^ OekrjTe
^
acTiQaacrBe kol yeuijcreTaL vplv
*
iu tovt(o iSo^daOr}
^
6 naTrjp p.ov iua
Kapnou ttoXvu (f)epr)Te
/cat
yeu rjcrOe
^
ifxol fjLaOrjTaL. Ka0oj<; r)yd7Tr)a€u fie 6 TraTfjp, Kdyco
pellpua
TavTr)(; dydiTr]u ot»Set<j ix^*-'
'^'''^ tis^ tyju i/zu^ryi^
av-
^
fit itn) Tr.
2
fi(t>fj
Tr ?H(irff.
3 nin,\ T Tr marff.
* So RV y//^//Y/., ytVT](Tf(r6f T WH wr//Y/, RV.
rfytmrfan Vfiuv T, i/iat ijyun\)aa WH man/.
®
Kuyo) T
'
So Tr viarr/., toC rrarpoi fitw tiu- tWoXaf T WH marg, rat fWoXas
ToO TTorpok- /iou Tr.
8 Umit T
292 KATA IQANHN. XV. 14.
^*
Tov 0fj virep TUiv (^iKoiV avTov. u/xet? (f)Ckot fiov
^^
iare lav TTOLrJTe o^ iyo) evTeWofiai vjjllu. ovKen
Xeyo) v/Att? 8ou\ov9, ort 6 SoGXoq ovk olSeu tl ttolel
orpov rJTe,
el^ocrav
•
vvv Se /cat
ecopaKacTLV /cat pepLcrrJKacrLV
Trjs dkr]0eia<;
6 napd tov iraTpos iKTropeverai, iKeluos
IxapTvprjaet irepi e/xov
•
/cat v/xet? oe jxapTvpeLTC,
oTi an a.pXT]'^ /^^r' ipov icne.^^
^
XVI. TaGra XeXdXrjKa vplv iva fxr) aKavSaXi-
"
crOrJTe. dnoawaya)yov<; iToirjaovaiv v/xct? dXX' ep- •
npo^ v/xas
•
idv oe iropevOo), 7re/xi/>oj avTov 7Tpo<;
^
u/xa?. Kfxt^ iXOojv iKeluo<; iXey^et tov Kocrpov irepl
^"
irepl SLKaLOcrvi^yj'i 8e, otl 7Tph<; tov narepa virdyoj
^^
Kol OVK€TL^ 0ea)p€LT€. /X€
•
eXeyou
^'^
e)(ei,
OTl TjXOev tj copa avTrjs' oTav 8e yevurjarf to
® OVK (Ti Tr. '
Xeyeti' v^iiv
Tr marff.
^
iv TJ) a\r)fl(ia ndaj] T WH m/ir//.
» a(cowo-fi Tr WH i,i,ny/. RV. 10
Eirrot; T Tr.
^^
Tovto n cWic T Tr mar//.
^^ to /xtxpoi/ ;
T.
13 Oiiiil ill
secondary reading WH. i'*
oAAa Tr.
XVI. 32. KATA IfiANHN. 295
^
XVII. ^
Taura ikdkrjcreu 'liycrov?, /cat
indpas Tov<i
ikrjXvdev tj a>pa
^
oo^dcrrj ce, KaOojs eSw/<a9 avrw i^ovaiap Trctcrr^g
TTOLTjCrco
•
KOI VVl> OO^aCToV //-€ (TV, TTOiTep, TTapd
(reavTM rrj So^y fj^ el^ou npo tov tov Koafxnv
^
elvai TTapd aoL -Etifyavepcoord aov to ovopa
7019 dvdpojTTOi'^ ovs eSajKct? jjlol
e/c tov koctixov. crol
18
0X7r(,iv Tr.
1
6 "lijiToOs Tr. 2
c^,, Tr /,/ar//., Sdyo-rj
T Tr.
^ So Tr mrtrr/., yiviaoKovaiv T Tr. * fVeXfiwtra Tr w/(//v/.
5
;}i.
WH »i«;v/.
6 ^„j
^"^oi T.
'
hibu)Kas Tr man/.
8
eyvcoKa Tr /j/ar//., fyvav in certain 'Western' documcuts WH.
^ Sn Tr ?;<«ry., SeSw/ctiy
T Tr WH mair/.
1°
e8(0Kfs Tr mar(/., Se^wKui WH w/r/ry.
XVII. 21. KATA IQANHN. 297
^
(TV fJLe 'Eyw irepl avTcov ipojTO)
aTre'cTTetXa?. ov •
QTi (TOL ei<jiv, Kai Ta e/xa navra era ecTTiv /cat Ta era
Kai oeoogacr/xat ei' avTot?. Kat oiwert* et/xt
e/xa,
^^
eV Tw KoafJio), Kol avTol eV roi Koa^xM dariv, Kayc^)
7}/xets.
^•^"Ot€ 17/xr^f /xer' avrwu iycj irrjpovu avTovs
iu T(o ovofxaTL (TOV (o SeSojKoiq fxoL, KOL i(f)vXa^a,
Koi ovoeU i$ avTwu dnwkeTo el ixr)
6 vlo'i Trjs dnw-
\eta9, tVa 17 ypa.<fjr) nkrjpojOrj.
^^
vw Se TTpo^ ere
dXr^Oeifx.
''^
Ov ncpl rovTcov Se epono) fxouou,
dXXd Kat Trept Twt- TrurTcvouTiou 8td toD Xoyou
^'
avT0)u €t9 e/xe, tVa 7rduT€<; eu utaiu, kuOco^ av,
tu kfxoX kv trot, tVa Kat avToi iu
ncxTTip, Kciyo)
" OVK tri Tr. " yo T, ovrm Tr wr//7/. WH
^^ A(M »cal Tr. " Omil T WH
in sccomhirv read ii if;.
298 KATA lOANHN. xvii. 22.
^^
niarfvarj Tr f«fl;y.
16 ^'i^aj^f,? Tr w^ff;-,/.
1'
ovs Tr OT^/z-r/. RV mar//. ^^
(dcoKus Tr w^/z-y.
WH mar//.
^
X T Tr.
^
roO
'
Kefiptoi'
Tr
'
r)iarg., rov Ktdpov T WH marg, as the reading of
certain Western documents.
^
fifra TOiu fiadijTwv avrov fVei WH marg.
* Omit Tr RV WH in secondary reading.
xvm. 15. KATA K2ANHN. 299
dp)(^Lepe(x}<;
BovXou kol dneKoxpev avTov to wTdpiou
^^
TO oe^LOu. rju he ouopa rw hovXo) MdX^o<;. elneu
ovu 6 lr)(Tov<i T<o TleTpo) BctXe ttju pd^aipav ets
r'ju
» Tr «
6i (not marff.). Add 'Irjaiws- T.
'
Add 'irjiTnvi WH wr/ry.
^
(laTrjKft T Tr.
® avToiii
iTTTjpojTritrfi' T. ^^ dnoi/ T Tr.
" 'Akcuj/ T Tr. " Kaiu- T Tr.
300 KATA IfiANHN. xviil. 16.
/cat
eOepixaivovTO
•
iyoj navTOTe
iSiSa^a ev crvuaycjyrj /cat iv rw lep(o,
ottov ndvTes
ol 'lovSatot crvvep^ovTaL, /cat iv KpvTTTOJ iXaXrjcra
ovoev '
TL
jxe epcoras epojTiqaov aKrjKOOTas ; tovs
TL iXdXrjcraavTols tSe ovtol otSacrcv d elirov iyoJ.
'
^* ^^
et 8e KaXws, rt /xe Sepets ; 'ATrecrretXei' oi!i^ au-
^^
roi^ 6 "Ai^i'as^^ heheixevov irpos Katdrl)av tov dp-
13 Tr adds [6].
^^
ypoxrTos rjv
WH marj.
15
fia-T^Kd. T Tr. ^^
flaTTjKfiaau T Tr.
^^
Omit in secondary reading Tr.
^o
"^was T Tr.
XVIII. 35. KATA IfiANHN. 301
lxa6r)T0iV avTov ei ;
rjpurjcTaTO iK€ivo<i
Kai elireu Ovk
elpC.
"''
rjpuija-aTo 11
er/309
•
Kat evdeo)^ dkeKTojp i(f)a)ur]aev.
-^^
^"AyovcTLu ovu tou '[tjctovv dno to G Kaia(/>a
eh TO
npaLTojpLou 171^
8e irpwi /cat avTol ovk
• •
(f)dy(jjcrLU
to TTdcry(a. i^rjkdeu ovv 6 IletXaros'
i^o) npos avTovs Kai (fyrjaiv TtVa KaTrjyopiav (fiepere
'~
9'^ ' /I ' ' 30 '
'zJ \ ?
TOV avupcunov tovtov ;
aireKpiurjcrav Kai eiirav
XIX. ^
ToTe ovv eXa^ev 6 rieiXciTo?^ tov 'l-q-
^
<jovv KoX efxacTTiyuiarev. kol ol (iTpaTiwTai TrXe-
Ke(f)aXfj,
Kol IfxaTLov 7rop(f)vpovv irepie/SaXov avTov,
"" av 01 1 .
(fjLOi rjyatviQovTo
^° Omit in secondary reading WH.
^^
«i/ii ; WH marff. Add [iyat]
Tr marff.
^2 Omit in
secondary reading WH. ^^ ^j(j
navra Tr.
^
ntXoTos Tr.
XIX. 11. KATA IfiANHN. 303
^
Koi ^p^ovTO TTpos avTou Kol eXeyov Xatpe 6 /8a-
crtXei'? T(ji>u 'iovSaLoju' koi iSibocrav avT(o paniafxaTa.
*
Kat^ e^rfXO^v ttoXlv e^oi 6 nttXaro?"^ /cat
Xe'yet
avTols *l8e ayo) i;/xti/ avTov efw, iVa yvciiTe otl
avTcXeyei tw
o jSacrikea eavTov ttolcov
KatVapi.
O GUI' aKovcra? t(i)v X6yo)v tovtwv
netXaro*;^
Kpov dpou,
(JTavpuiaov avTOP. Xeyet avrot? 6 HeiXdro^^ Top
jSacrtXea vp,o)v cTTavpcocro) ;
direKpiOiqaav 01 dp^ce-
^®
pet9 OvK €)(oixeu /SacrtXea
KaCcrapa. et
/X17
rdre
out' TrapeSojKep avTov avTols tua (XTavpcodrj.
^^
Hapekafiov ovu top ^Irjaovp kol ^acrrdt^oiv
'
^^
avT(o TOP (TTavpop i^rjXdep ets top keyofxepop Kpa-
PLOv ToTTOp}^ o Xeyerat ^^'E/S/aatcrrt TokyoOd,^"^ ^^ onov
avTOP dcTTavpcocrap, kol jxeT* avTov aXXous Swo ipTevBcp
^^
Kttt ipTEvOep, jxecrop 8e top 'Itjo-ovp. eypaxpep 8e
Kai TLTkop 6 JTetXaro?-'^ kol WrjKep cttI tov CTavpov'
^p 8e yeypaixfxdpop IHSOTS O NAZHPAIOS O
BASIAETS THN lOTAAIXlN. ^^
to^top ovp top
Tvrkop TTokkoL dpeypcocrap tcjp 'lovSaiojp, otl iyyvs
o TOTTO<; TTJs "
eKpa^a(ov T T
^2 Tr ^3 'E-
marff. Tr.
14 16 eav7-«
ral^^ada T. T, avTw Tr.
" 707701/ T Tr.
1'
ToAyo^a T, roXyo^ WH marf/.
XIX. 28. KATA IfiANHN. 305
V "^
\ ' 18
lletAaroj °
'^
' 21 *\ TT ' '
vicTTL. eKcyou ovu tco ot ap^tepei*,
Toiv 'lot»8ata>i/ Mt7 ypdcfte 'O /SacrtXev? twu 'lov-
Saiov, d\X' OTL cKeti^o? elTreu Bao'iXev? rwi^ 'louSaiojt'
^^ "^"^ ^
et/ai. a-TT^Kpidr) 6 rietXaro? ''O
yeypaffya yi-
ypa(f)a.
^^
Ot oSi^ crrpaTLMTaL ore iaravpojaau tov ^\y)(jovv
eXa^ou TO. t/xarta avTov koI eTTOirjcrau recrcrepa ixcpr],
eKoiaTa) orTpaTionrj p.€po<g, /cat tou ^irwva. rji/
8e
6 ^LTWv apa(fjos, iK tCju avoiOev v^avTO^ hC oXoV
eiTTat' ouf 77"/3os aKkrjkov^ mi) crater ojju.ei' avrov,
dXXa Xa^ojpeu irepi avTov rivos ecrrat tt^a t^
ypa(f)rf
'
^^
TT\r]poiOrj
"
A te/xeptVaf TO ret IfjidTLd fxov eavrot?
Kat eVt roi' t/xartcr/xoi^ /xow e/Sakou KXrjpop."
Ot ovi' ravra ^
/txei^ OTTpaTiCJTai iTToirjcrav' lo'T't)-
^ 6tra
Xeyet rw padrjTij *l8t t^ fXTJryjp crov. kol
rxTr'
(.Kf.ii>y]<i Tr)<i ojpa.*; €.Xa^ev 6 paOr)Tr)<; avrrju^^
et9 Ta tota.
'^ ^®
IliAciTb) Tr. f(/it Toij/ *I(n/fi(iito)i/ T.
20 fiVoK Tr. 21 ^\,|,i ij )^^yoy„a Tr.
22 fi,nii>
(Inrrix T Tr. 23
m„^„;,^^ T.
2*
avTffv 6 fidOriTtji T. 20
'i^,|-„iiy fi/5a>4' WH mfirij .
2U
yOG KATA TQANHN. xix. 29.
^'^
(TK€vos eKeuo 6^ov<? fxearoy
"
38 Omit, T.
3' Omit T, omit 6 lu secondary readitig Tr WH.
38
iKdvrj WH marg. 20 Ui'harov Tr.
^° aurof Tr ^^ tvOvs Tr marg.
^'6y marg. i^rjKQiv
33 KOKfii/os T. 33
ni(TTfV(Tr]Tt Tr, not wzary.
34 6 clTri T. 35 >A_ T Tr.
secondary reading WH
38 Omit in
XX. 6. RATA inANHN. 307
puTjfxeLOu
/5T55'
Kavpou, eu ovoenoj o)
'S^"?
ovoei?
/3
tju Teua.pevo<i
'
.40
*^
eK€t ovv 8ta napacTKevrjv tmv 'lovoaicov,
Ty]v otl
XX. ^
T^ Se /xta rait' aa^^aTojv Mapi'a^ 17 May-
Sak-qvyj ep)(€TaL irpoA cTKoria? ert ovwrj^ elq to pvrj-
e'/c tov
fxelov, KOL jSk^neL tov XlOov rjpfxevov pvrifx^iov.
^
Tp€)(€L ovv Kai €p)(CTaL TTpos "^Ipowa WeTpov KaL
Trpos TOV akkov ixa0rjTr]v 6v i(f)ikeL 6 Ii^crou?, Kai
Oewpel ra
'
Ket[Ji€ua,
'
eua 7rpo9 Trj Ke(f)aXrj kol eua TTpo<; roi? noaiu, onov
eK€iTO TO (Tcofxa Tov irjaov. Kat Aeyovcnu avTrj
eKeiuoi Tvvai, rt KXaiets ;
Xeyet aurots otl 'Upau^
Tou KvpLou fxov, Kol ovK oloa TTOv WrjKau aVTOU.
^*
TavTa elTTovcra icTTpdfprj ets tol onicrco, kol Oecjpel
TOU 'lr](jovu icTTcjTa, kol ovk JjoeL otl 'ir^croOs icTTLU.
^'^
^
Koi elne avrot? Kva^aivu) Trpo? rov irarepa [xov
Kac narepa vfxojv /cat tfeou fjiov /cat tfeov vfjiojv. ep-
aurrj.
€t<;
TrXevpdv avTov, ov TndTevaoi.
^€ipa TT^t* [ir]
^^
(bipoKt Tr Dinrff.
'^ Omll T, lint Tr nifirr/ [avrois] xtu Tin x''/"'*
""^ '^'l" ^^^^P^" avTiw
^*
Oniil T Tr. WH in secondary ic;iiliii<,'.
>'
a»rofTT*XXa) Tr wfirr/.
i" rivot WH wr/r//
^^
uffnofTni
WH w/'/ri/.
^®
/iou tup 5d»fTuXoi'
T.
^® Ton-oi/ T Tr //iftrff.
310 KATA mANHN. xx. 26.
^^
Kat jxeO^ yj^epaf; oktco ttoXlv rjaou^ iarco ol fxa-
'It^ctou? TOiv
Ovpuiv KeKkeLCTfievajv, ecrrr) /cat 6t5 to
fjiecrov /cat
einep FALpTJvrj vpuv. etra Xeyet rw Bw/ta
^epe Toi^ Sa/crfXo/^ crov wSe Kat tSe to,*; ^eipd<^ jxov,
Koi (f)£p€ TYju X^^P^ ^^^ '^"^^ ySaXe et? T171' TrXevpdv
^^
pov, Kol /iTr) yivov dmcrToq dXkd 7rto"To?. avre-
TTioTeucrai/re?.
so
IloXXa pev ovu kol aXXa a'qpeia eTTOirjcev 6
^
XXI. Mera ravra i(f)auep(t)(T€v
eavTov ttoXlv 'I>^-
T179 yrj<;
dXXd o)<; dno TTrj)((ov Sta/cocrtoji^, crvpovTe<;
^
TO ^tKTVov TU)V ovv diri^iqaav ets T-qv
l)i^9v(i)V.
'li?
•'
T Tr. * Tr mar//.
(^t)'KOi>v yfvofifvys
''
(ttI T Tr mtt/y. WH y/icirr/.
°
lyvi^auv Tr mar//.
''
\6\ 'ivfToOf Tr. 8
Xt'yfi
T
" 10 Tr.
uIk (Ti Tr. t'X/cO.rai
^'
(Jmil ill
secondary rcadiiiLf
Tr WH.
'=^
Omit T, \ovi>\ Tr „iitr//.
^'
fifyuXoiv l)^6v(tiv
Tr mufy.
812 KATA lOANHN. xxi. 12.
^^
Xeyet avTOL<; 6^^ 'Ir^crou? AeGre apicrTiqaare. ov-
npo^ard WH T Tr
i» 2° ere
»/a/-y. (ooaei M^r^.
XXI. 25. RATA lOANHN. 318
CHAPTER I.
not apprehended.
C. 'rh(,-rt'-wa.s (i\)-iiinn having been-sent from God, name to-
him John.
7. Tliis-(on(') came for witness, that he-might-bear witness
•
Black tyjio ilnnotcs tlip first oncnnvrirc of words ; ilalir, r\ new form of
;i known uoul ; ]ioni:in, known wonls. W'oiiIh joined liy ii
hi/plini or /ii/}>/ints
am to bo ronderfil l>y one wonl in (!nik. /'urailhcscs ( ) onclo.so words for
wliidi tlif-rf^ is noci|niv!ilcnt in the (Irrck. 'I'lii- nstcrisk •) stands for worils
(
13. Who not from bloods nor from (the) -will of-flesh nor
from (tlie)-will of-man but from God w^ere-begotten.
14. And the Word flesh was-made and he-tabernacled among
us, and we-beheld the glory of-liim, glory as of- (tlie) -only-
begotten from (the)-Father, full of-grace and of-truth.
15. Jolin bears-witness concerning him and he-has-cried
(cries) saying, This-(one) was the-(one) having-said, The-(oiK')
after me coming before me has-been, because first of-me
(before
me) he-was.
16. Because from the fulness of-him we all receioed, and
grace instead of-grace.
17. Because the law^ througli Moses w^as-given,
[the] grace
and [the] truth through Jesus Christ came (was).
18. God no-one has-seen at-any-time ; {i:\\(i)-only-begotten
God being in the bosom of-the
tlie-(one) Father, that-(one)
declared.
19. And this is the vnfness of-[the] John when sent unto him
the Jew^s from Jerusalem priests and Levites that they-might-
ask him, Thou who art-thou ?
20. And he-confessed and not he-denied, and he-confessed,
^ " I not am
[that] the Christ."
21. And they-asked him, What then ? Thou Elijah art ?
And he-says, Not I-ara. The prophet art thou ? And he-
answered. No.
22. They-said therefore to-hira, Who art-thou '.' that answer
we-may-give to-the-(ones) having-sent (to-those who-sent) us.
What sayest-thou concerning thyself ?
23. He-was-saying, I voice of-(one) -crying in the w^ilder-
1
OTL recitative, equal to our quotation marks (" ").
LITERAL TRANSLATION. 317
prophet.
24. And they-had-been-sent from the Pharisees.
25. And they-asked him and said to-him, Why then baptiz-
est-thou if thou not art the Christ nor Ehjah nor the prophet ?
2(3. Answered to-them [the] John, saying. I baptize in
37. And heard tin; two d,iscipl,cs him speaking mik! they-
foUowed [tin; J Jesue.
318 INTRODUCTORY N. T. GREEK ME IHOD.
40. It-was Andrew the brother of-Simon Peter one from the
two of-the-(ones) havlmi-heard (of those who heard) from John
and having -foUoived (who-followed) liim.
41. Finds this-(one)^rs^ tlie brother the his-own Simon, and
(him of whom) wrote Moses in the lato, and the j^^^ophets, we-
liave-found, Jesus, (the)-sow of-[the] Joseph, the-(one) from Naz-
areth.
46. And said to-him Nathanael, Out-of Nazareth is-able
CHAPTER II.
CHAPTER III.
is-able these tlie signs to-do whicli thou doest, if not (except)
he [the] God witli liim.
10. Answered Jesus and said to-hiiii, Thou art the teacher
of-(the) Israel and tliese-tliings
not tltouknowest ?
" That-which we-know we-
11. Verily, veril3% I say to-thee,
(he)-who was with thee beyond the Jordan, to-whom tliou Itast-
borne^witness, behold this-(one) baptizes and all-(men) come unto
him.
27. Answered John and said, Not is-able (a)-man to-receive
nothing (anytliing) if-perchance not it-have-been-given to-him
from [the] heaven.
28. Yonrsdres ye to-me bear-tvit7iess that said I, Not am I
the Christ, but that I-hacc-been-sent before t]iat-{onc) (him).
29. The-(one) having the bride (the)-bridegroom is the ;
ing from the earth from the eartli is, and from the earth he-
speak.s the-(one) from [th((] heaven coming above all is.
;
CHAPTER IV.
living ?
LITERAL TRANSLATION. 325
19. Says to-him the woman, Lord (Sir), l-be]iold that prophet
art thou.
20. 'lihi- fathers of-us in the mountain this worshipped and ;
Rabbi, eat.
32. The-(one) moreover said to-them, I food have to-eat which
woman * "
42. To-the also the^^-were-saying, No-longer on-
account-of the thy speaking we-believe ourselves for we-have-
;
heard and we-know that this is truly the tSaviour of-the world."
43. After moreover the two days he-went-forth from-thence
into [the] Galilee.
44. Himself for Jesus bore-witness that (a)-prophet in the
Jtls-own country honor not has.
45. When therefore he-came into [the] Galilee received him
the Galilceans, all-things haviitfj-seen as-many-as he-did in Je-
rusalem in (at) the feast ;
and themselves for came unto the
ayt-oX^ui, -(Tw, to
si-l
iipait from couunuii or aec. of thing, and av6 or Trapa
iiM' ;
III
i)itii/i/, mntfli/i/. (gen.) of person; mid. lu ask Jnr
dyios, -a, -ov, s< I
iijiiiil fri)m iniiiiii'iii one's self. Gr. 124, 7.
iisi, Itiil
11 ; irvdifia ayiov, lln: JJ"/'/ ciiT^a, -as. ri, cimai for wliieli one is
dyu, -i^w, 'I aor. ^yayoi/, trans., Inliml , lliiu iiiihiiiiled, the in/i' n/ eteriilli/, —
biiiiij; with irpov (ac<;.), e/s, of des- ('/) past,as ix. ;i2; (A) future, vi. 51,
dSiKCa, -OS, ^, irniiii/ { towards man or dKuvOa, -j/s, 7/, Ihiirn, xix. 2.
(Jod), iiini'ilih 'iiisiii \s, vii 18. UKdvOivos, of, iiitidi o/ ihnnis, .\ix. 5.
gLko^ 330 avaoTcuris
dKO^, -rjs, v {cLKovo)), hearing, the thing in the phrase d(pievai rets afiaprias,
heard, a report, xii. 38. to forgive sins, xx. 23.
impf. r\Ko\o6dow,
OLKoXovOib), -u, --qaw, d)iapTa>X(S$, -6v, (1) sinful, espec.
1 aor. r)Ko\ovQr\<ia, to accompany, habitually and notoriously; (2)
follow, with dat., especially of the substantively, a sinner.
disciples of Christ, viii. 12 ; so, d|if|v, Amen, a Hebrew adjective,
met., to imitate, xii. 26, xxi. 22. true, faithful, used as an adverb at
UKOvw, -era) or -a-Q/jiai, pf. aKtiKoa the beginning of a sentence, verilj/,
(Gr. §124, 8); (1) without object, trull/. John uses the word 25 times,
i.
40, xii. 34; (2) with object (ace. repeating it each time.
or gen.), iii. 8, x. 3; to hear, under- dfjLvos, -ov, 6, a lamb ; figur. of Christ,
stand. i. 29, 30.
dXal^ovla, -as, rj, boasting, vain-glori], d|J.-ir€Xos, -ou, fi, a vine, figur. as
1 John ii. 16. XV. 1, 4, 5.
dX.TJ6(i.a, -as, v, truth. Jesus is called dvd, prep., lit. upwith numerals
;
i.\i]9iv6s, -T), -6v, real, true, genuine, dva-Pa(vo>, -fiTjcrofxai, 2 aor. dvf^r\p
contrasted with the fictitious, as (Gr. §124, 12), to ascend, espec. to
i. 9 ; with the typical, as vi. 32. Jerusalem, on board ship (xxi. 3),
dXiEvo), -tvaai, tojish, xxi. 3.* dva-pX^TTw, to recover sight, ix. 11,
a\\ax<i9<v, adv., from elsewhere, x. 1.* dv-av-yeXXw (Gr. § 124, 1), to tell, to
(Gr. § 60), one another, each other. dva-Yivcio-Kw, to know again ; to read,
4LXXo)j.ai (dep.), to leap up, hubhk up, xix. 20.
as water, iv. 14. Gr. 124, 10 dvd-K£i|xai., dep., to recline at a meal,
-o, other, another oi &K\oi, to sit at meat; 6 dyaKiifievos, one
dXXos, -11, ;
dva-crTpc<{>w, to turn up, overturn, d-n--cpxo|iak (Gr. § 124, 78, see tpxo-
ii. 15. /j-ai), to I/O aicai/, depart.
to withdraw, d-iTi(rTos, -Of, not believing, faithless,
dva-xwpt'wf -Hi, depart,
vi. 15. XX. 27.
'AvSptas, -ov, 6, Andrew. dird, prep. gen. ,yrom. See Gr. § 125 ;
dvejios, -ov, 6, the wind, vi. 18. and for the force of the prep, in
dv6pttKi.d, -as, V, a heap of live coals-* d-rro-BvTurKu) (dird, intensive, the sim-
dvrC, prep., gen., instead of, for, to speak, ii. 18, v. 17.
i. 16. diro-Kpio-is, -tws, 7), an answer, reply,
dvTi-Xt'Yco, to sptak against, oppose, i. 22, xix. 9.
>i.\. 12. diro-KTtCvw, -fvS>, to put to death, kill.
'Avri-xpio-Tos, -ov, m., opposer <f d-ir-oXXviii ((ir. § 123, 13), to destroi/,
Chnsi, Auliihrisi, 1 .John ii. 18, 22, lo bring to nought, to put to death ; to
dvwOtv, adv. (6,vw) of place, ./''-"/' Aai), tijsend Jbrth, send, as a mes-
altfwe, as iii. 31, xix. 11 with prep. ; senger, etc., spoken of prophets.
iK, from the lop, ah .xi.x. 2;) ;
in iii. It ache rs, and other messengers.
&^-ios, -I'a, -tov, adj., worth ji, dcsermini diro-o-vvd-ywYOS, -ov, excluded from the
if; with 'Iva,, i. 27. si/niiij"i/iii ,
I reiiminunicati il, ix. 22,
dir-a'Y7<^Xcu, to report, make knoum, xii. 42, xvi. 2.*
die/nre, xvi. 2.'".. ((Jr. § 124, 1.) dtfTio, mid., toiiiurh, XX. 17.
OTr-dYto, lo leail or lake awai/. dirciXtia, -as, 17 {air6\\ufii), destruc-
d-TTciOcii), -a), to refuse belief, iii. 36. tion, of persons ; perdition, xvii. 12.
aptCTTOS 332 ^ao'ra.ffi*
dpeo-TOs, -ii, -6v, acceptable, pleasing to, ovTOS, fi, o, pron., he, she, it ; in noni.
viii. 29. always emphatic. Properly de-
dpi.0|Ji6s, -ov, 6,
a number, vi. 10. monstrative, self very joined with ;
'Api|ia0€ta, -as, v, Arimathaa, xix. 38. each of the persons of the verb,
-^irai, to take the mornimj with or without a pers. pron., J my-
dpitTTdw, -w,
meal, xxi. 12, 15. self thou thyself; with the article,
dpK€(o, -w,
to be sufficient for, vi. 7, the same.
xiv. 8. aiiTov, -TJs, -ov, pron. reflex, (contr.
air'
&pTi, from now or henceforward. very act, viii. 4, neut. dat. with eirj.*
dpTos, -ov, 6, bread, loaf, food. d<{>-(T)|xi (see Gr. § 122, 2), to send
a beginning. Adverljial away; (1) to forgive (dat. pers.),
dpxTJ, -rjs, f.,
piirascs, air' dpxvs, from the begin- XX. 23; (2) to permit, concede, witii
ev beginning ; in the inf.,as xi. 44, xviii. 8, or S,va, subj.,
ning ; dpxfi,
e| dpxv^- from the beginning or from xii. 7 ; (3) to leave, depart from.
the first ; rr\v dpxh^, altogether, viii.
25.
B.
dpx-irCpcvs, -4a>s, 6, (1) the high priest ;
(2) a chiefpriest, i. e. tiie head priest PaOvs, -€70, -V, deep, iv. 11.
in his class. Patov, -ov, TO, branch, xii. 13.*
&p)(wv, -ofTos, 6, prop, part., ruler, PairTtto), -o-&>, of the Christian ordi-
"
B<0-av(a, as, i], Bethany, liouse of FoXiXaioSi -aia, -a'iov, of or belonging
dates." There were two places of to Galilee, iv. 45.
tlie name: (1) xi., etc.; (2) on the ydfios, -ov,6, a marriage fast ii. 1, 2. ,
"
Jordan, i. 28. ydp, truly then," a causal particle
"
PT|6-5a0d, -as, T], Bethesda, house of or conjunction, yor, introducing a
compassion," v. 2.* reason for the thing previously
" house of said. It is post-positive.
Pt)0-X€<(i, t], Bethlehem,
bread," vii. 42. ^i, an enclitic particle, post-positive,
"
Pti8-crai8d, ij, Bethsalda, lioiise of indicating emphasis, at least, in-
"
hunting or " fishing." deed ; Kairoiyf, though indeed, iv. 2.
Pii|ia, -T09, t6 (j3a- in 0a'tvct>), ihione, •^tlruv, -ovos, 6, r), a neighbor, ix. 8.
jiKlf/iiieut-seat, xix. 13. -yc)i({(i), -(TO), lofll,
with ace. and gen.,
PipXCov, -ov, TO, lioof:, volume, xx. 30, ii. 7, vi. 13.
xxi. 20. y€V€TTJ, -^$, 7), birth, ix. 1.*
pXc'iTu, -^<t>,
to see, to have the jmwer of -ycup-yds, -ov, 6, a husbandman, a vine-
seeiwj, to look at. dresser, XV. 1.
Podu, -u, to /mhtitih openly, to cry aloud, Y^ii 7^s. V, contr. for yta or ya7a,
i. 23. land or earth, as (1) land, as op-
pooTKO), -ficTO),
to lend, to
feed, xxi. 15, 17. posed to sea (2) earth, as opposed ;
Pous, 0u/ti, 6, ri, (III or, a cow, ii. 14, 15. 'Y(vo|iai, See Or. § 124.
for ylyvofxai.
jiower, 8tren(/th, xii. 38. yeyova (with pres. force) and 7?-
Ppa\uSi -<<"<», -v, fliort, little; fipaxv t(, yivri^iai, to become, as (1) to begin to
vi. 7, of «iuantity, a little. be, used of persons, to be lioni,
came to pass.
-yXbxro-o-Ko^ov, -ov, to, a little box oi' Z(, an adversative particle, post-
case for money, xii. 6, xiii. 29.* positive, but, now, moreover.
'yvup^tM, -iffoj, to make known, to de- Sci, impcrs. (see Gr. § 116), // needs,
XV. 15, xvii. 26.
clare, one must,ought, witli in fin.
it
yvwo-Tos, -i), -ov, verb, adj., known, 8cCKvup.i. and 8(iKviiw (see Gr. § 123),
xviii. 15, 16. to present to sight, to show, to teach
Yovtus, -f'ois, 6, (yfv- in yivofxai), a pa- 8t^ids, -£», -ov, the right.
rent ; only in plural, ol yovth. Sepb), to scourqe, to smite,
so jvs to flay
'ypd|tp.a, -Tos, to (ypd.<p(t>), (1) « nrit- off the skin, xviii. 23.
•ypa(j)T|, -7)j, v, (1) a writing ; (2) spec, contr. from SeCp' ire), come, come
^ ypuKp'fi or a( ypa(\>ai, tlie Scri/i- hither, iv. 29, xxi. 12.
inscribe. iypa.<p7\, yeypainat, or ye- bially, the second time, iii. 4, xxi. 16.
ypanfifvov iari, a formula of quo So iK Sevrepov, ix. 24.
to take,
tation. It is written. 8€xo[iai, 1 aor. iSe^dfit)", dep.,
'Y^ixvos, -^, -Of, naked, having only an receive, iv. 45.
inner r/arment, xxi. 7. H(o, to want. See SeT.
4, 5, xxi. 7* 6, 8, 11.
in (loil'd service, xii. 26. 8iwKo), -|ai, to persecute, v. 10, xv. 20.
SiaK^o-wi, -at, -a, card, num., two 8oK€u, -w, h6^w, (1) to think, acc. and
ImndreiL inf.; (2) Soks?, impers., it seems.
to reason, to 47.
Zia.-Xo-^LXp^o.i, ilep. mid.,
i.
SoXos, -ov, 6, deceit, guile,
ponder, to reflect, xi. 50. 86|a, -rjr, t], from SoKfu, ( 1 honor, re- )
8t8<op,i, tof/ire (Gr. § 121), (aeo, and tdv or 4v, conj. (for 6* &v), if; usually
dat ).
Tlie purpose of a gift may coiistruc(l with verb in subjunctive.
be cxprc-si'd i)y inf., iv. 7. tavTou, pi'iiM., reflex.,
I'd pcrs., n/dne'i
Zi-tydpO), loirrite, as the 8ca by the self; used also in 1st (lilur.) and
?9vos, -ovs, t6, a nation, r^ tQv-r), the tK-Ktvrioi, -a), to pierce throui/h, to trans-
nations, the heathen world, the Gen- ft, xix. 37.
since, thouijh. ei fii), unless, e.ccept. fiT)!/, to choose out for one's sell',
ti Si fi'f], hut if not, otherwise, xiv. to elect. Gr. § 124, 128.
2,11. €K-[Ad<To-a), -^60,
to wipe, to wipe dry,
ftSov, to see. See olSa also xi. 2, xii 3. xiii. 5.
hpatii, ;
(2) as the copula of subject and ^KTos, -7j, -01', ord. numb., sixth, iv. fi,
itjii,
to I/O, in sonie MSS. for f}/.u, in €K-x€<o, 1 aor. i^exea (Gr. § 124, 71).
vii. 34, 36 (not critical editions). to pour out, as money, ii. 15.
iltrov (Gr. §124, 68), (WH. fUa), sXafa, -ds, ?;, an olire tree; ri) opos toov
from obs. iirai or flVa), to saij ; in fKatwv, the Mount of Olives, viii. 1.
EXXTjvKTTi, adv., in the Greek lan- ivnvQiv, adv., hence ; repeated xix. 18,
guage, xix. 20. on this side and that.
iXiril^w, Att. fut. eAirial, 1 aor. ^Air(flra, €VtoXtj, -rjs, 7], a charge, command-
J)f. ^KiriKa, to iliriit /ut/ie towards ment.
acc), V. 45.
(e»s, eVt, iv-Tv\i(r<ro), pf. pass. part. fVTfTv-
€fiavTov, -Tjs, -ov, (>fiiii/.-<tlf, a rofle.xive Kiyfievos, to irrap up, roll up, xx. 7.
I)ron., found oid) in the f^on., dat., tvuTTiov, prep., with gen., he/ore, in
and acc. cases, dir' tfiavrov, from
sight or presence of, xx. 30.
mysflf. *?) prep. See iit.
logo Ufion, into (eh), always of enter- ii-dyo), to lead out, x. 3. (Gr. § 124, 2.)
ing a sliip. (Gr. § 124." 12.) ^^-Cl|ll {ftfxi). See f^eCTTl-
ffi-PaTrTu), to dip into, xiii. 26 (not in i^-(p\o\iai (Gr. § 124, 78), to go or to
critical editions). (Gr. § 124, .'^(t.) come out of (with eV, dtru, irapd] ;
If look tin i.
36, 42. to fnrth of a I'luuor,
i\i.-^\iiT<ji, dlfi, go awai/, go ;
i\j.-TTi-n\r]\ii
and -irKaw, ffni\ri(Tu), ivt- t^-Tj'ytofj.ai, -oi'/iai, di'p. mid.,/(if/rc/rnv',
Tf\r\na. In /ill
ii/i,
lo nali.s/'i/, as with erfiiiuiid, as a teacher, i. IK.
iiT-ayyiKKoi, mid., to promise, with ?iru. See e/7roi' and Gr. § 124,
cognate ace, 1 John ii. 25. (Gr. 68.
the eyes, the heel against. cp-yd^Ofiai., -crofiai, dcp ,pf. tXpyaafuu ;
tTT-dvw, adv., or as prep, with gen., pass., (1) abs., to work, to labor,
nhove, iii. 31. v. 17 (2) to accomplish, do, vi.
;
28 ;
€ir-dpaT09, -Of, accursed, vii. 49.* (3) to acquire by labor, vi. 27.
€7r-avpiov, adv., on the morrow, rp 2pYov, -ov, t6, a work, a deed ; a mii'
€iri-Y£ios, earthly.
-ov, to iiriyna, seech.
earthly things, iii. 12. i<r\a.ros, -t), -ov, the last, the e7id of whsLt
€iTi-8€xo|iai, to receive kindly,
3 John is spoken of, e.g. the feast, vii. 37 ;
«ri-xpi<^, I aor. firf'xpiffa, «/i(ij/(?, smear cv-XoY^ci), -cJ, -7\iT<t), to bless ; hence
upon {Sni, ace), ix. 6, 11.* pass. pf. part. ev\oyr]fj.fvos, blessed,
Iir-oupdvios, -ov, adj., //frtfcn/(/ ; neut. favored of God, xii. 13.
plur., TO iirovpavia, heavenly things, €u-o8dci), -M, pass, only, to >>< made
iu. 12. prosperous, 3 John 2.
tvpLa-Kut 339 6cpur)i6s
ti-y^apicrriiii, -u,
to thank, (jive thanks. 17; or comparative, than, iii. 19;
eii\o\i.a\.,
to /iraif, 3 John 2. ^Trep, than at all, xii. 43.
'E4>patji., u, K]ihiaini, a place, xi. 54.* fjSr], adv. of time, now, already.
tX.Ot's, adv., yesterdafi, iv. 52. f^Kw, -^u>, to be come, to be present. (Gr.
'i\u>, 'i^iAi, iinjif. eixov, 2 aor. etrxov, §124,93)
(Gr. § 124, 89), tn have or jiossess. 'HXtias or 'HX£as, -ov, d, Elijah.
'^«s,adv., (1) of time, ^7/, until, used T)XiK(d, -ds, age, full age ; TjAiKiav
7),
particles,
— tuts Upri, until now ; plur. of tyu.
teas iroTf ; how loni/ / X. 24; ews f|)ji€pd, -as, ri, a day.
ivu, up to the brim, ii. 7. T||i6Tepos, -d, -ov, our, our own.
i/\'irtp,
than at all, xii. 43.
I^^Xos, -on, ft, u-al, in a good sense, pf. TfO^Ufiai, to behold, to conleni-
ii. 17. jtlate.
Xv^rim, -u>, i)rTut, {\) to seek, absolutely, 0^T)|ia, -Toy, t6, wilt, desire.
as vi. 24; (2) to seek for (ace.), Oikut, impf. ^OeAoi/, 1 aor. ^OtKricra,
V. 30; (.>) to desire, to wish for, to wish, d<'li(/ht in, to will.
\il)v\ry>y.\.
or -vvuu (Gr. § 123, 7), '"
Bcpaircvu, fvaui, to heal, v. 10.
<l>ril, xxi. IK. Ocpll^u, law, to ntip iir i/ather, iv. .'Ui-38.
(dat.), V. 18.
'Io-paT|X, 6 (Heb.), Israel.
'I<rpaT)\£Ti]s, -ov, d, an Israelite.
'laKiip, 6 ( Hob. ),./aco6. ((Jr. § 122, 4), trans, in
\;<rTT]pi
ldo|xai, -uiyutti, Idaofiai, dep., mid., 1 aor., to place, viii. 3 ;
intrans. in
it) //pr//.
pf., plupf., and 2 aor., to stand,
i:8€ (flSop), imper. act. as interj., to stand firm, to endure.
behold ! 1 John
iayypos, -o, -6f, strong, ii.
KUKos, -i}, 6v, evil, wicked ; rh kukov, KaT-TJ7opos, -ov, d, an accuser, viii. 10.
Kurd, prep., Kov. tbo gen. and accus. Ktpn.arnTT'fis, -oi), 6, a money-changer,
cases, down ; licncc, f^en., doicn ii. II.*
K\a(b>, -avaai, to wail, to lament, weep. KpCBivos, -7j, -ov, made of barley ;
dproi
(Gr. §124, 114.) KpiOivoi, barley loaves, vi. 9, 13.*
K\d(r|j.a, -Tos, to, a piece broken oJf\ a Kp£|Aa, -TOS, TO, a judgment, condem-
fragment, vi. VI, 13. nation, ix. 39.
kXcio), -ffo), to shut, close, xx. 19, 20. Kp(v(i>, -vw, KiKpiKa, to Judge, to sit in
KoC)i.i]o-is, -fws, v, sleep, repose, xi. 13.* KwXvw, -aw, to restrain, forbid, 3 John
KoivwvEu, -w, to have common share in, 10.
to juirtalce in, 2 John 11.
Kwp.T|, -7JS, 7), a village.
KOLvuvCd, -as, >), communion fellowship , ,
1 Jolm i. 3, 6, 7.
KOKKos, -OV, 6, n kernel, a grain, xii. 24.
KoXacris, -iois, r), punishment, 1 John Xayxdvo), abs., to cast lots, to draw lots,
iv. 18.
n(pi, gen., xix. 24. (Gr. § 124, 123.)
KoWxiPio-T^S, -OV, 6, a money-changer, Ad^apos, -ov, 6, Lazarus, of Bethany.
ii. 15.
Xd9pa (WH \depa), secrctb/, xi. 28.
koXttos, -OV, 6, tile bosom. XaXtw. -w, -riffu, {I) to speak, declare.
KoXufi.P'^Opa, -as, ri, a pool.* XaXid, -as, ^, (1) speech, viii. 43; (2)
KO|j.x|/6Tcpov (conip. of K'ojUL\pos), bitter, report, iv. 42.
of convalescence, adverbially with Xap.pdvu, ATjyuiJ/o/xat, f'(\r]<pa, eAajSoc,
fXo, iv. 52.* (Gr. § 124, 125), to take, receive, ob-
XD<rT^Si -ov, 6, (I
robber, x. 1,8; xviii. |j.aKdptos, -id, -lof, happij, blessed, xiii.
40. 17 XX. 29.
;
Xtav, adv., veri/ much. |jiaKpdv, adv., afar, afar off] xxi. 8.
Xo-yC^o^ai, -crofiai, dep. with mid. and to testify (irepi, gen.), to give testi-
pass, aor., to reckon, to thinic, xi. 50. mony {to, dat. of pers. or thing).
Xo'yos, -ov, 6, (1) II word ; whether (2) liao-ri-You, -w, -uxrw, to scourge, x\\. 1.
n comnum sdi/in;/, iv. 37 ;
or com- (iidxaipa, -as, rj, a sword, xviii. 10,
mand, viii. 55. A6yos is used by 11.
^*>"YX^) '''' ^' ^ lance, a spear, xix. sup. fXfyicrros, great : (ityaKr) it/nipa,
34* a high day, xix. 31.
-&, to revile, to rail at, to re- to transbtte, to interpret,
XoiSop^w, |ieO-ep)ji.T]V€vco,
|ji,e(r6b>, w, to be In the middle or midtit, pii.p.to|xai., -ov/xai, dep. mid., <o imitate,
to dipiirt, vii. 3; xiii. 1. (Gr. §124, |i.i(r06s, -ov, 6, wti(/es, recompense, iv.
12.) 36.
ptera-^u, {avv or ^vv), adv. of time, (iicrGwTOs, -ov, 6, a hired servant, one
nu.iiiurhik, iv. 31. who serves for wages, x. 12, 13.
|j.€Tpi]TT|s, -OV, 6, "a measurer," a |i,vdo|j.ai. See fjiifiviitTKu.
liquid measure (72 sextarii) con- |i.VT]|X6iov, -ov, TO,
(t
tomb, a grave.
taining nearly eight and a halt'Eng- |xvi]|J.ovev(o, to remember, recollect, call to
lish gallons, firkin, ii. 6.* mind.
(AtTpov, -ou. TO, « measure ; iidv. phrase, \i.oi.\tCd, -as, 7j, aditlleri/, viii. 3.
tK ^irpovhij measure,sparinijlij iii.o4. ,
p.oi.x<v(o, -ffw, to commit adultery, viii. 4.
(tTJ,
a negative particle, not, lest. In- |i0VT|, -rjs, y, a place of abode, a dwell-
terrogatively it is used when a neg- "
ing-place, xiv. 2, 23.*
ative answer is expected, as iii. 4, p.ovo--Y£VTis, -«s, gen. ovs, only beqotten,
oil fX7\, not at all, by no means. 18 John
etc. ;
i. 14, ;
iii. 16, 18 ;
1 iv. 9.
6p-yT|i -f;5, 7it onfjer, wrath. oCtos, avrrj, tovto, demonstr. pron.,
6p0pos, -ov, iiiasc, vioiniiif/ twilnilil. this (near).
(uiii/ dawn, viii. 2. otiTios (and before a consonant some-
6poS; -ovs, TO, (( miiinitdin. times ouToi), adv., thus, in this wise,
bdtaved, "orphan," so.
6p<|>avus, -7), -ui>,
<Jo--Ti.s, 'i-ris, on, compound relat., oxXos, -ov, 6, a crowd, the multitude,
adj., )iot one, no one, now, nothin;/. irai8iov, -iov, r6 (dim. of 7ra?s), a little
a negative preced. ;
oCt6 . . .
otjrt, •7Tapa-'y£vo(Aai., to come near, come, iii.
Trapa-Xofipdvw, -\i]^).^ofxai, 2 aor. irop- irtpav, adv., over, on the other side, be-
irapa-|iv6^op.ai, -oD/ioi, dep. mid., to aecus. With gen., about, i.e. con-
speak kitidli/ In, "
to cheer, to cow/ort, cerning or respecting a thing; with
xi. 19, ;ji. aei'iis , about, around.
bath or other festival, the eve, the TTtpi-Stu), to bind round about, pass,
]iri si-nt,
to have come. •!r€pi-iraT£'to, -w, -iiaoi, to walk, to conduct
(Gr. §122, 1), infran.s., one's self, to live accordin;/ to.
irap-((rTT]p.i
perf., 2 aor., to stand hy, xviii. 22 ;
ir<pi<r<r€vw, to be left over, vi. 12, 13.
xix. 26. iTfpicro-rfs", -<J, oV, abundant, x. 10.
-irop-oiixCd, -d;, rj, a jirorcrli,
an cuh/ma. •ntpitrrtpa., -as, fj, <i dore.
xvi. 2.'"), 2'.( ;
a parahle, x. (i.
iT€pi-Ttp.vu), to rircu incise, vii. 22.
vent, of the second coming of TTipi-To\i.{\, -^y, t), cirrunirision, vii. 22,
Clirist, 1 John ii. 28. 23.
•rrappTurCd, d$, ij, freedom, openness; IltTpos, -OV, 6, I\t<r (Cliald. Krjcfiua,
irds, TTuira. rruv, all, the whole, enri/. vr\y(\, -ris, r\, a fountain, well.
TTtto-xa, r6 (
I lei) , ill (/liahl form), ihi •irtiXos, -ov. clay, mire, ix. 0-15.
It,
trnnrpiil, 1 John iii. VJ. irlvoi, flit, niiifxat, -ttrai, -fTO( ; perf.
ircivdw, -w, -drra, to he hiin<ir>/, vi. irfwwKa: 2 nor. tirioi/ (inf. ttcFc),
3G. to drink (§124, 157).
iriirpacrKw 348 1TOT7]piOV
irtiTTw (Gr. §124, 159), to fall, to fall viii. 53 ; (2) <o do, generally ;
to do,
irXdvi), -7)s, ^, deceit, error, 1 Jolm •jToXXdKis, adv., many times, often,
iv. G. xviii. 2.
irXdvos, -01', deceitful; as subst., an iroXvs, TToWri, iroXv (see Gr. § 49),
irXfiOo) (ur TTiij.Tr\7]ixi), ir\-f)(Ta), to fll, irop4>vp€os, -ovs, -a, -ovv, purple or
xix. 2!). crimson, xix. 2, 5.
itXtjv, ailv., but, except, viii. 10. TTOcris, -ews, i], drink, vi. 55.
TrXT|pT]s, -is,full, i. 14. iroTaixds, -ov, b, a river.
irXtjpow, -(i, -corro), <o _/i7/, _/?// h;!, com- iroTttirds, -i], -ov, adj., interrog., o/"
plete ; pass., to be fulfilled, made full, what kind ? how great ? 1 John iii. 1.
•TrXT|pw|Aa, -oTos, t6, fulness, i. 16. how long ? vi. 25, x. 24.
•7TXT](rtov,adv., 7iear, near 6y, with Tfori, enclitic, at some time, at onetime,
ix. 13.
gen., iv. 5.
which oftht
irXoidpiov, -iov, t6 (dim. of ir\o7ov), ir6T€pos, pron., interrog.,
a small boat. tivo ? N. T. only neut. as adv.,
irXotov, -ou, t6, a ship, a vessel. ivhether, correlating with fj, or,
(4) THE Holy Spibit, i. 33. which God allots, xviii. 11.
vov 349 'Pappovvt
irov, adv., interrog., where ? whither ? Trpo-«})0(ris, -ecus, t}, a pretext, an ex-
TTOus, iroSos, b, the foot. cuse, XV. 22.
irpaiTcipiov, -iov, to (from Lat. prittor), Trpo-4>'riTtvw, -ffw, to prophesy, xi. 51.
thf pdlace at Jerusak'iii, xviii. ^b,oii, rrpo-(f)'i^TT]s, -ou, o,
a piophil.
xix. 9. irpwi, adv., early in ihr
monnmj, at
plish, iii. 20, V. 2!>. -irpwios, -I'a, -ov, of tlie morning ; fem.
irpso-puTcpoSi -Tfpa. -rtpov (used as (sc. o6po), mornini], xxi. 4.
<i
shctp, x.xi. 10, 17.* iTup, irvpos. r6,frc, xv. 6.
7rp6(3aTOV, -ov, to, a sheep ; fig., a fol- iruptTOS, -ov, d, a fever, iv. 52.
loinr of ( 'hrist. TTii,an enclitic particle, even, yet, used
TTpo-irtixirw, to send forward, to briiiij only in composition. See oiiirw,
one on his wai/, ?> .John G. ov8tir«.
irpos (see (ir. § 125), prep., governing •rruXtw, -S), -ijffoii, to sell, to trade,
gen., dat., and aecus. eases, general ii. 14, 16.
signifieation tomtrds. afonl or colt, xii. 15.
•rrwXoSi -ou, 6,
irpotr-aiTt'w, -u, to bn/, to ask eanieslh/, irw-TTOTt, adv., atany time, used only
ix. 8.* after a negative, 7iot at any time,
TTpo(r-aCTT)s, -ov. 6, <i
l»</<iar, i.\. 8. never.
irpo<r-cpxo|iai. (Or. ?} 124, 78), to come TTwpdw, -u>, -aw, to harden, xii. 40.
or to (JO to, xli. 21. irciSi adv., interrog., how h\ what '>
pew (see <t>i1(<-^, tlirov). From tliis abroad, as frightened sheep, x. 12.
obs. root, to sui/, are iliTiveil.
— crKOT(d, -as, rj, darkness.
act. pf. dpj}Ka, pass, etprjfxai. crKdros, -ovs, to. darkness, iii. 19.
pfj|i.a, -TOS,
a thing spoken, a word
TO, cr|Jivpva, -7IS, 7), myrrh,
xix. 39.
2aTavds,-a, the Adversaria, Satan, the dium, the eighth part of a Roman
Heb. proper name for the Devil, mile, xi. 18.
Std0o\os, xiii. 27. (TTttvpds, -ov, 6, a cross.
masc. in N.T.), to the cross,
o-tavroC, -^s, -oD (only o-xavpow, &, -(i<Tai, to fix
a reflex, of thi/self dat. to crucify.
pron., ;
o-K^Xos, -ovs, TO, the leg, xix. 31-33.* thus, the critical editors prefer the
aT)X.\-. Ill some words coniniencing <r<|>pa'YC|i(i>, -icrw, to seal, to set a seal
tlius, criticaleditors prefer the un- upon, iii. 33, vi. 27.
<niv, a prep, governing dat., with. cwTTipioi, -dj, -^j deliverance, salvation,
a-vv-ayut, to brimj lorjether, to gather ; iv. 22.
ijtlhcr.
<rvv-ipxo\Mi (Gr. § 124, 78), to come rdx'ov, swiftly, quickly, xiii. 27.
or 'I" ii'illi ; to come tugtthir, xi. 88. ri, conj. of nimexation, and, both
o-uvf|9«ia, -as, t?, custom, xviii. .'3!*. T€Kv£ov, -OV, ro (dim. of TiKvuv), a little
xix. '-'A').
so, to die, xi. 3'.l.
to TtTfAfXa, TfTtAfrr^ai,
(rvv-)(pdopLai, -cli^ioi, havejillowship TiX^Ctf, -u, -fcro),
TCTapraios, -aia, -a7ov, of the fourth rpUos, -v, -Of, ord. num., third, ii. 1 ;
(day) nrapToids
; tarty, he hath rb rpirov, the third time, xxi. 17.
been dead four dai/s, xi. 39.* Tpo(|>'f|, -TJj, 7}, food, iv. 8.
T€Tpd-|i7)vos, -ou, of four months ; sc. Tpw-yw, to eat, vi.54-58, xiii. 18.
Xp^fos, a period of four months, Tviros, -ov, 6, a mark, an impression,
iv. 35* XX. 25.
TijpCd), -tD, -Vj(ra», to guard ; to keep or TV(|>X6s, --f), -ov, blind.
reserve ; to observe,
keep. TV(|>X6(o, -w, -tia-w, fig., to make blind
TiPepids, -aSos, v, Tiberias, vi. 1, 23, or dull of apprehension, xii. 40.
xxi. 1.*
appoint. r.
T^KTtu, to bear, to ; to be in
bring forth
travail, xvi. 21. vYiatvw, to be in health, 3 John 2.
Tip,d<i>, -w, -iiffai, to honor, to reve- VYt^s, -4s, sound, whole, in health.
7), a
rence. vSpCa, -OS, icater-pot, ii. 6, 7 ;
iv.
denoting quality, of .such a kind, virep, prep., gov. gen. and accus. :
suck, so,used either with or with- with gen., over, for, on behalf of.
out a noun. {nr-T)p^TT)$, -ov, 6, a servant, attendant,
Tpdirtja, -7JS, ^, a table, ii. 15. {iir6-8T||Jia, -ros, r6, a .tandal, shoe.
TpCs, num. adv., thrice. itrtruiros, -ov, tj, hyssop, xix. 29,
VOTTCpCW obo )^i\£apxos
i|)v\dtr(ru>, -|a), (
1
)
lo kcf p in safety ;
ami 'J aor., ^(payov. See iadl'j^. crow, xiii. 38; (2) to call to, to in-
(Jjaivw, intrans.,
to shine, to yive li<jlit,
vite (ace.) ; {2) to name, to call, ace.
i. 5 ;
V. oJ. (noni. of title), xiii. 13.
1 Jolin iii. 10. <|>u>s, (}>un6s, TO, contr. from <pd.os {(pa.-,
<|>avcpo(ti, -t5, -(jiffai, to make apparent, to show, whence (paivui, (pij/J-i), lit-,
I'JG), lo bear, as (I) ^' prodwe X.a|xa{, adv., on or lo the ground, ix. 6,
(',j)
to hrin'f ; to brin;/ forward, as Xapd, -as, rj, joy, gladness.
charges, xviii. 20. Xdpis, -iTos, ai!C. grace ; ^o-
X'*/'"'' Vy
^fvyo},-^ofxai,
to flee, to escape, X. 5, 12. piv, adverbially used, with K'^n.,
<J)tj(i(, iinpf fc^Tji/ (fi)r other tenses, si <
for the sake of, on aceounl of, 1 .John
tlirov), lo say, i, 2:{, ix. 38. iii. 12.
-t;, -oc, «'ither aet. loritirj, or XCijxuv, -(M)vn<i, &, winlir, the rainif
<|>(Xos,
pass. '/pa» ,-
in N.T. as subst., a Si asnv, x. 22
<{>\uap^u, -S), to firale, to tidk idli/ Xc^ptov, ov, cnmjiar of Kaxi^t (which
against any one (ace.), 3 Jdhii 10. * .see), worst, v. 14.
til make n/rnid : in XiXt-opxos, '10, d, " einnmander of a
<J)oP^<i>, -ii, iitjui,
^
XlTO)V 354 w<)>e\c<o
)^o\dw, -», to he
angrji, to he incensed \}>ev5os> -ovs, t6, falsehood, a lie, viii.
at (dat.), vii. 23* 44.
\6pT0S, -ov, 6, fjrass, herha(je, vi. 10. x|/ev(rTT)S, -ov, d, a deceiver, liar.
)(pc(a, -ax, r), use, necessity, need; fx^ «j/T]\a({>d(i>, -w, to touch, to feel, to handle,
Xp^iav, to need. 1 John i. 1.
Xpio-Tos, -of', 6 (prop, verbal adj. t{;bip.Cov, -lov, a bit, a morsel, xiii. 26-
from XP'"")) '''t"
Anointed, the Mes- 30.*
siah, THE Christ.
Xpdvos, -ov, 0, time.
course, viii. 37 (see K. V. and (OS, an adv. of comparison, as, like as,
niarg.). about; as particle of time, when,
\o}plov, -ov, TO, a place, afield, iv. 5. as soon as.
XwpCs, adv., separately, by itself, only 'flo-avvd, intcrj., Uosanna! (Heb.,
XX. 7 as prep. gov. gen., apart
; Ps. cxviii. 25) Save now! a word
from, without, i. 3, xv. 5. of joyful acclamation, xii. 13.
(iicr-irep, adv., just as, as, v. 21, 26.
dj(r-T€, conj., .so that, iii. 16.
*. tirdpiov, -lov, r6, an ear, xviii. 10.
LIST 1.
1.
356 LISTS OF WOKDS.
5(3.
LIST II. 357
197. tiri-6\)|Ji^w, desire, lust, covet. 235. KaT-ai<rxvv<i), put to shame, dis-
198. {iri-KoX^w, call upon, appeal to. honor.
vert. apirrchcnd.
204. Itti-tCOtiiii, lay upon, put upon, 240. Kara-XtCirw, leave.
241. Kora-Xvo), destroy, throw doum.
20f.. (iri-Tipdw, rchuke, charge.
200. firi-Tpfirw, permit. 242. Kara-vo^w, consider, behold.
sniffer,
243. Kar-avrdw, came attain.
207. tpYdl^op.ai,, ivork. to,
208. iroi^a-Xta, make ready, prepare. 244. KaT-apY^d), make of none effect,
well-pleased,
pleasure.
245. Kar-aprf^w, mend, restore, per-
213. €(J>-(<rTTjfii,
stand by, come upon. 248. KaT-^pxo|iai, come down.
214. desire earnestly, he jeal- 249. KaT-ex<«, ^'t^"*", ^"'^'^ /"^^ ^"S-
'i;t\K6u>,
scss.
ous.
made alive. 250. KttT-Ti7op^, accuse.
^wo-iroUo), quicken,
216. he chief, think, count. 251. KaT-oiK€w, dwell.
T|7^o|iai,
252. Kavxdop.ai, gloi-y.
217. {JKw, come.
to death, mortify. 253. K«i|iai, lie, be laid.
218. Gavardu, put
219.
254. KtXevw, command.
GdiTTw, hury.
wonder. 255. K€p8alv«, gain.
220, Oaujid^o), marvel,
hehold. 256. KXa(o>, vjeejh
221, Ocdofiai, see,
222, heal, cure. 257. KXdw, break (bread).
6tpaiT€v(i),
258. KXeCw, shut.
223 0(p((w, reap.
LIST II. 359
334.
362 LISTS OF WORDS.
464.
LIST III. 863
336.
364 LISTS OF WOKDS.
LIST IV.
13. dXXos, another, other. 38. 8vva(iis, t|, power, mighty work.
1 I.
d|JiapTCa, T|,
.9171. 39. 8vo, <MW.
l.*). amen.
dp.f|v, verily, 40. 8w8cKa, twelve.
16. dv^p, man, husband.
6, 41. tauTov, (f one's self.
20. dpx^, T|, beginning, rule, ruler. 46. (^Ktto-Tos, crtc/t one.
LIST V.
260.
370 LISTS OF WORDS.
334.
LIST V. 371
412.
372 LISTS OF WORDS.
48r.
LIST VI. 373
567.
374 LISTS OF WORDS.
632.
LIST VI. 375
705.
376 LISTS OF WORDS.
781.
378 LISTS OF WORDS.
947. irXivpd, T|, side (of human body). 985. o-TdSiov, TO, furlong.
948. irXoidpiov, Tc, little boat. 986. o-Tdo-is, T|, insurrection, dissen-
949. noii\rr\%, 6, doer, poet. sion.
961. !rp6<r-Kaipos, /or.a while, tem- 997. <r\lvp.a., to, rent, division,
poral. schism.
962. irp6<r-Ko^|j.a, to, stumbling- 998. Td|is, T|, order.
1027. <t>6opd, i], corruption. 1046. x"P'ov, TO, 2^lnce, field, land.
1028. (|>i\a8(X<(>Ca, f|, love of the breth- 1047. \|/a\|i.6s, 6, psalm.
ren. 1048. «|/vxiKds, natural, sensual.
1029. i|>(Xti|i.a, TO, kiss. 1049. w8^, T|, song.
1030. «i»Xdt y\,fia,me. 1050. «t(ov, to, car.
380 LISTS OF WORDS.
followed; and all who are interesteil in this subject arc referred
for further information to Thayer's "Greek Lexicon," and espe-
cially to valuable "Notes on Orthogi*aphy " a]i])('ii(l((l to
tlir
the second volumt- of AVestcott and Hort's " Greek Testauieiit "
ORTHOGRAPHY.
1. The Alphabet.
388 ORTHOGRAPHY.
^a
1000 ;
f' 5, e 5000.
h. Three obsolete letters [F or <;, Vau, equal to V, C; 9,
Koppa, the same as Q, 90; 'It), San, S, 900) are also
used as numerals. Thus, ip 12, p/iS' 144, x^g 6GG (Rev.
xiii. 18, T. R.).
All manuscripts of the Greek Testament before the tenth
4.
century are written with capital letters. The small letters then
came into use.
'
2. The Vowels.
b. Short vowels.
DIPHTHONGS. 389
Least open.
Least open.
i»
3. Diphthongs.
ttl
390 ORTHOGRAPHY.
4. Breathings.
English h.
2. One
of the breathings is placed over every initial vowel.
In diphthongs (except the improper a, j/, w, in which t never
takes the breathing, even when it stands upon the line) the
5. Interchange of Vowels.
Tp4(f)(i),
I notirish ; Tpoi/)r/, nourishment ; Tc^^a/x/xeVos, hamng
been nourished.
TreiOw, I persuade, Gal. i. 10 ; TreVoi^tt, / trust, Phil. ii. 24.
(TTreuSo), / hasten y a-7roii8r/, haste.
N
CONTRACTION OF VOWELS. 391
6. Lengthening of Vowels.
SiSov's, giving.
7. Contraction of Vowels.
a
392 ORTHOGRAPHY.
8. Diaeresis.
diphthong.
b. OLTT
from
dpxtj'i, the berj'mining, John xv. 27 ;
St' aWov,
by him, John i. 3 John i. 8.
;
dAA.' iVa, hut that,
c. ufO' ow, because (instead of which), Luke i. 20j 2 Thess.
ii. 10 etc.
J d<^' kavTuv, from himself, John vii. 18.
;
1. a. Crasis
(mingling) is the contraction of a vowel or diph-
thong at the end of a word with one at the beginning of the
next word. The two words are written as one, with a coronis (')
over the contracted syllable, unless the first vowel has the rough
breathing, which is then retained. The first of the two words
is generally an article, a relative
pronoun, or Kai.
h. Crasis generally follows the rules of contraction.
Note. In N. T. crasis occurs on the whole but seldom, and only in par-
ticular forms of frequent occurrence.
) marks the
omission.
Greek.
ADDITIONAL VOWEL CHANGES. 393
b. Only the prepositions Sltto, 8id, iwi, -n-apd, /xtra, and the
conjunction tlAAu, regularly suffer elision ;
iIvtl only
before wv.
Note. The ItSS. and editions vary iu many cases.
2. oiItws e'o-Ti TTu-, .""'o /s every one, John iii. 8; ouk l^ at/xaTwv,
7ioi of blood, John i. 13.
NoTK. fj-ixp'-^ °^i until, Mark xiii. 30; /nifxp' 'Iwdwu, until John, Luke
\'vi. 10 ; dx/Ji ^s riiiipas, until the dny, IMatt. xxiv. 38 ; otx/^'s ou T Tr, itnt/il,
'
lloin. xi. 25 ;
irKirtvaioaiv Si ayroP, .John i. 7.
singular en<ling in f, and eVjTi is, annex v when the next word
d)(j)i,
as a rule add s, ov becomes uvk, and ck becomes t^.
NniE. In tlie Itust MSS., Imwcver, wu have /ii*'xp' '""1 '^XP' invariaMy,
even before vowels ;
but ix/"* o6 prejiondcratcs. The N. T. text is by no
iniMiis nnilniiii. WU
inviiri;ilply umiI 6.xi>i- oii, except in Ilib. iii. 13; Gal.
iii. ]'J. VVc often lind v muvable even before consonants.
So critical editions.
2.
ixOt^i x^''*^) i/es/crd(iij, .J(din iv. 52.
3. TraTi']i), TTuT^ios" (for irnjif)<>%), nf till'
father, John i. 18 ; uko?/
for oKuvrf, hearing (report), John xii. 38.
394 ORTHOGRAPHY.
h.
uyy€Ao9, ang-gelos, angel, viessenger, John i. 52 ; tyy^'^,
Palatals . . . k y ;(
Linguals . . . t S 6
c. Double consonants . . .
^ ^ \f/
1. a. The consonants
are sounded, for the most part, as we
sound the English letters used to represent them. See Alpha-
bet, § 1.
b. Gamma (y) before k, y, ^, and £, has the sound of n in
ink, anger; <f>, 0, x, as in graj^Aic, thin, and the German
Buc/i.
c.
Every consonant is sounded.
2. Among consonants we
distinguish (1) semivowels, (2)
mutes, and (3) double consonants.
a. The semivowels are A, /u., v, p, cr, and y-nasal.
1.
yiypatrrai for ytypat^rai, it is written, John viii. 17 ;
SeScK-
Ttti for 8€8e;(-Tai, he had received, Acts viii. 14.
3.
yeypa/x/xevos for yiypa<f>-fj.tvo^, lurittCJl, John ii. 17 ;
TrcVctcr-
5. a.
ifj.(3X({l/as for cv-/?Aei/'as, having looked, John i. 36.
6.
o-vyyevT/s for o-vv-yei'?/?, tt kinsman, John xviii. 26.
c. o-vAAuAovi/T£s- for o-uiz-AuAoui/re?, talkinr/ with, Matt. xvii. 3.
d. fiiXds for /x€'Au(i')s, black ; ttus for 7ra(j'T)s, aZA
e. a-vaa-rj/jLov for a-vvarjfJLov, a token, Mark xiv. 44 ; (TVfjjpo<^i)
for o-ui/-o-Tpo0^, concourse, Acts xix. 40.
1. A labial (v, (i, 4>) or palatal mute («, y, i() before a lingual
(t, h, 6) must \n; ui the same order.
2. A lingual mute (t, 8, 6) before another lingual is changed
to (T.
3. Before /x,
a labial mute (tt, (i, <f)) becomes p.,
a [)alatal mute (k, y, )() becomes y,
a lingual mute (t, 8, 6) becomes a.
4. Before «t, a labial mute (tt, ft, (ft) forms ip (= mr),
N. T.
Nunc 2. The oldest MSS. often omit the assimilation of v in the two jirep'
ositions aiiv and eV before labials and palatals, sometimes also before A and <r.
8. Tt^j?/At for
Ot-Oii-fii, lay down, John x. 15 ddirTw, I bury,
I ;
10. 7??a/i.
av»;/3, gen. drepos, dvSpos, o/o-
11. Ma^^aios, Matthew, Mtt6'6^uT, Matthat.
12. Exceptions. ipd-n-Lcrav,
—
Matt. xxvi. 67 ipa/B^ia-Orjv, 2 Cor. ;
Exceptions.
— eK, froin ; ovk, not.
2, c).
8. When two consecutive syllables of the same word begin
with an aspirate, the first often loses its aspiration. But pre-
fixes and suffixes generally lose their aspiration in preference to
the stem.
9. Any consonants which make a harsh sound may be dropped
in the formation or inflection of words. This often occurs in the
case of <r in the inflection of the verb, and of the third declension
of nouns.
SYLLABLES. 397
14. Syllables.
1. e-TO ,
2. Ka-re-Xa-fiev ;
3. a. A<J-yos ; b. a.-Tr€-aTa\'fi€-vo% ;
t-ye'-i
C. //.ap-rr-pt-av d. i$-ov-cri-av.
av-6pw-Tr(j)v ; ,
a.ssigiie(l
to llie following vowel ;
original parts.
4. A
vowel preceded by a consonant stands in an imjmre
it forms a jmre
syllable; preceded by a vowel or diphthong
syllable.
398 ORTHOGRAPHY.
2. ap-xfj} av-0i)(j}-7ro<i.
3. Tt-Kva, ru-</)Ads.
diphthong.
2. It is long by position when a short vowel is followed by
short, at pleasure.
4. The quantity most syllables can be seen at once.
of
a. r)
and w, and all diphthongs are long by nature.
b. € and o, before a vowel or single consonant, are short by
nature.
c. The vowels i, v, may
a, be known to be long :
1. There are three accents, the acute {'), the grave ("), and
the circumflex (~).
2. These marks stand over the vowel of the accented syllable.
In a diphthong tlie accent stands over the second vowel. But
the iini>roper diphthongs (a, r;, and w) take it upon the first
e. avOpioiruiV, pjipTVprj(rr) ;
f. apXV^ deov, ^wt;.
2. TT^OS TOI/ 6(6l/.
3. 01 rStoi ; Bviuarrai., Luke i. 9.
f. on the ultiytia.,
has either the acute or the circumflex.
2. An oxytone changeH its acute to the gravf hnfon; other words,
1 In these rulfs the wonb hmi/ and shurt ih'iidtc (he nnhinil (|iiantity of vowels.
400 ORTHOGRAPHY.
19. Proclitics.
2. €1 Tts Oikei.
ENCLITICS. 401
20. Enclitics.
/At (iaTTTi^fw, i. 33 ;
tou oIkuv troti, ii. 17 ;
on elTroi' o-oi, i. 50 ;
i. 10.
c.
c'yoi ci/Ai,
John iv. 2G ;
vi. 20, 35, 41, 48, 51; Kai 4,7j(tiv i
2. a. €yw ci/u.1.
;(/UfrTds,
1. 20.
All enclitic (/cjuhln;/ on) is a woni wlii( li Iohcs i(s own accent,
and iH pronounced as if it wctc part of (he preceding' word.
1. The enclitics are :
b. The indefinite pronoun tis, rt, in all its forms. Also the
indefinite adverbs, ttov, ttotc, ttw, ttojs-
c. The present indicative of ci/ai, be, and of f^rffii, say, except
the second person singular, e?, <^rf<;.
b. if
projmroxytoue or properispomenon, adds an acute on
the ultima ;
Bisteutly in the N. T.
21. Punctuation.
Kai iiTTav awToJ Mt; Kai r]fxei<; Tvi^Xot i<Tfx€v ; cittcv avTOis (6) 'lyycovs
Et Ti)0Aoi T/T€, ovK av et;^€T€ oLfJLapTLav
•
vvv 8c Aeyere 6ti BActto/xcv '
Note. Jolin ix. 40, 41, exhibits all the marks of punctuation, of breath-
ings, and illustrations of all kinds of accent, with examples of proclitics and
enclitics.
ETYMOLOGY.
I. mTEODUCTIOK
23. Definition of Etymology.
1. Xoyos, 9(.6<i, Oeov, iv, 6, tov, rrj, eAa/3ov, KariXafiiv, irapiXa^ov.
h. Trat?, iv. 51 ; r) Trat?, Luke viii. 54; >} dX^Tn}^, Luke xiii.
32.
c. TO ^ois ; 7) tpr]fio<;,
i. 23 ; y oSo?, i. 23.
d. (1) 6 uvOpujnro^, 6 ttutt/p,
o uvyp }
o dvf/io?, VI. 18 ;
6 Trora-
fi()<;^
o IopS(Ivvj<; ; o /jh^c.
(2) 17 fJiyT'ip,
ii. 1 ; 1} ywr;, iv. 9 ; /; ctuk^, i. 48 ; 1) yrj,
iii.
25. Cases.
2. TO <f>u)<;
Twv dvOpuyTTiDv, the light of men; eSwKcv airois, he
gave to them.
3. a. S6$a, a glory (nom.) ; So^a, glory (voc). avOpwiroi, men
(nom.) ; avOpoiiroi, men (voc).
b.
Sing.: nom., ace, voc, o-vkov ; plur. a-vKa. But yevrj for
yeVfa in 1 Cor. xii. 10, 28; xiv. 10; ra ru^r) for Tet;^£a
in Heb. xi. 30.
1. There are five cases : the nominative (the case of the sub-
case), the dative (implying rest in, or connection with, the where
THE NOUN OR SUBSTANTIVE. 407
2. A
convenient English rendering of the genitive is by the
preposition o/, and of the dative by to. This rendering is used
merely for the sake of distinction, and is not always the most
correct or even the usual translation of these cases.
All the cases, except the nominative and vocative, are called
oblique cases.
3. Several particulars, applicable to all nouns, adjectives, and
pronouns, it is important to remember:
a. The vocative, in the singular, is often like the nomina-
tive ;
in the plural it is always so.
c. Conaonanta.
408 ETYMOLOGY.
2. a. Vowel Declension.
Singular.
FIRST DECLENSION. — FEMININES. 409
3. a.
^wpaJv, oo^itiv, irpocfyqriov.
b.
aXqdeia, aX-qOf.ia<i.
1. The
accent of a noun, as far as the general laws of accent
allow (§ 17), remains on the same syllable as in the nominative
singular.
2. An accented ultima, in general, takes the acute, but in
genitive and dative of both numbers, a long ultima, if accented,
takes the circumflex.
3. a. The genitive plural of first declension is always perispo-
Plur. N. V. TLfxai
G. TlfJiWV
D. Ti/xais
A. Ti/ids dA,7y^€ius
4. CTKia.
^ (TKOTid, 7] fxapTvpid, T] rjfiepd, rj
moditied into rj
and sometimes shortened into a
in the singular,
in the nominative, accusative, and vocative singular.
2. Nouns of this declension are mostly feminine, and end in
30 Masculines.
CONTRACT NOUNS OF FIRST DECLENSION. 411
Singular.
1. Fern. Masc.
N.
412 ETYMOLOGY.
1. a"7r€Lprj<;,
Acts x. 1, etc.; 7rp<jpr;s,
Acts xxvii. 30; /laxaipT/s,
-7/,
Heb. xi. 34, Acts xii. 2, etc. ; SaTrr^cipjj,
Acts v. 1.
2. Kava, fBrjOfftayrj, Vokynda, 'Pafia.
3. 'Iwva, Matt. xii. 39 ; KXwTra, xix. 25 ; K-qcfia, 1 Cor. i. 12 ;
sometimes disregarded.
2. Many Proper Names that might have been declined ac-
Note. But the MSS. and critical editions vary in the usage of particular
words.
3. Sing.
414 ETYMOLOGY.
(§ 27. 2, a).
(TKOTO<i ',
TO cAeos ;
TO itXovto';, 6 ttAoitos.
2. 1)
8ecr/u,ds, ot 8£o-/Ltot, only Phil. i.
13, to. ^ecrfui, Luke viii.
To it, however, we may refer some nouns in w?, like the proper
plural only the unconlraclcMl forms utTTta, nirrttDv occur (j 36, 1).
6. 'Ii/frofN, Jesus, is the only Proper Noun of the second de-
(t, v). The stem may generally be found by dropping the end-
ing OS (or a>s) of the genitive singular.
2. Nouns of this declension are masculine, feminine, or neuter,
and the gender must be learned mainly by observation.
1.
PARADIGMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 417
1.
418 ETYMOLOGY.
2. Sing.
PARADIGMS OF THE THIRD DECLENSION. 41!)
4. Before all
case-endings a- of the stem falls away, and con-
traction then takes place. The neuter stems in ccr have o? in
Note. There is one stem in ocr-, fi alS<is, sluime, which has no plural, and
it is found in N. T. only in the genitive singular.
Note. The final « or u of the stem always appears in the nominative, accu-
sative, and vocative singular. In other cases most t stems and sonn' v stems
insert an e before the t or u, and then the latter drops out. In the dative sin-
gular and the nominative plural contraction then takes place. The accusative
plural of stems in 1; has vs (for wfv), in N. T. mainlj' v-as. After e the genitive
singular has ws instead of oj, hut the accent is not affected by the long vowel
CO in genitive singular and plural.
6.
Si7i(j. PLur. Sing.
N. jSaaiXiv-'i /SacriAeis
Gr. /JacriXc-ojs paaiX^-wv
D. /JacrtAet (SacnXcv-crt
A. ^aaiXi-d ^acriXcts
V. jSao-tAev ^acrt\cts
So 6 yovevs, 6 icptvs.
king, r/ va9s, ship (only Acts xxvii. 41), 6 ^ /Sous, ox, cow.
NEW TESTAMENT USAGE. 421
2. TTjv KAeir, Rev. iii. 7 ; rijv (cAtida, Luke xi. 52 ; ras kAcis,
Rev. i. ] 8 ; ras kAciSu?, Matt. xvi. 19.
'lepova-aKy/x indeclinable.
Anomalous nouns.
2.
III. ADJECTIVES.
dya^os, -r;,
-6v ; dSiKOs, -os, -ov ; aXrjOrj'i, -t;?, -e's } awtfypwv, -wv, -ov ;
Sinff.
Plur.
N. ;^ucr-ovs -rj
-ovv ^va-OL
G. ^jvcr-oO -^s -ov
D. yj)V<T-iO -j]
-iO
A. ;(pucr-orii' -TJv
-ovv
cuniflcxed throughout.
NoTK 2. In Kev. i. 13, we have in the accusative singular XP*"^^" ^^^
Xpvtrfiv.
Plur. Plur.
N. V. dXrjO(4(s)€h -(ca)^ (T<i)<f)pov€s -ova
G. dXrj6(^iwv)wv -wv au}tf}pov(j)v -ovtav
ao)(f>povas -ova
Thej are declined like oAt/^j/s, aXrjOts, true, and criixftptuv, (rwfftpov,
sober-minded.
1.
DFXLENSION OF PARTICIPLES. 425
Sing. Flur.
N.
42G ETYMOLOGY.
1.
Participles in -oji/, -ovaa, -ov, are declined like Xvujv, loosing.
2. Participles in -ovs, -ovcra, -ov, are declined like StSoi's, giving.
3. Participles in -tis, -tiaa, -ev, are declined like Av^et's, loosed.
4. Participles in -us, -ucra, -vv, are declined like 8eiKi/us, showing.
6. Participles in -ws, -uia, -os, are declined like AcAvkws, having
loosed.
6. Participles in -awi', -eW, and -doji/, are contracted into u)v, as
1.
COMPAEISON OP ADJECTIVES. 427
51 Comparison of Adjectives.
1. TTICTTOS TTLCTTO-TaTO'i
faithful, TrtfTTO-rfpOS -T€pa -TepOV, •TaTrj
-rarov ; oXtjOt]^ (a\r]Oi(T-) true, a\r]6^<T-T€pos -ripa -rtpovy a\r]6^<;-
TaT09 -TOLTr] -TaTOV.
a. Sing. Plur.
Masc. & Fciii. Neut. Masc. & Fein. Nciit.
and all the ordinals, are declined like the plural of adjectives of
the first and second declensions (§ 44, 1).
Note 1. Like th arc dficlined its compounds oi/Sels, no one (absolutely),
and yur/Sf/j, no mie (liyiKjtlu'tic;illy).
Note 2. Sio is maiidy used without inflection. The dative Sual occurs
nine times in N. T.
Note 3. Both is expressed by antpirepoi, -a», -a, always plural in N. T.
oKToj eTT],
Luke xiii. 16.
IV. PRONOUNS.
57. Personal Pronouns.
1. Singular.
N.
432 ETYMOLOGY.
1.
THE ARTICLE. 433
1.
434 ETYMOLOGY.
OVTOt
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 435
many as, of degree, ryXiVo?, of what a size, are declined like ad-
2.
COKRELATION OF PRONOUNS. 437
V. THE VERB.
69. The Voices.
1. The Greek verb has three voices, active, middle, and passive.
2. Many verbs are used only in one voice. Those verbs
that have no active voice are called dejjonent, and they may be
either middle or passive in form. If the aorist (sometimes fu-
fiapTVf)ia.v, i. 7.
4>oyr) Ik tovtov
toi) apTOV t,rjaf.L eis
tov auava, yi. 51 |
iva fiapTvprjarj
Imper. :
tyw ci/xi, /x^ tfioftelade, vi. 20 ; TraTcp, o-wo-ov p-t e/c t^s
Active.
INFLECTION AND THE VERB-STEM. 441
table.
future perfect) which oxjiress present and future time, are called
jjrimari/ or princijial tenses; the tenses {Imperfect, aorist,
and
pluperfect) which express past time are called secondary
or his-
torical tenses.
few verbs have both the first and second form of the same tense.
3. 4>aiv-u., i.
5; i-t^av-i]. Matt. i.
20; K<ii).pav-ui\ iii. 27;
l-\a(i-„v, i. 12.
isoften not the same as the stem which appears in some of the
other tenses. In such cases the simpler and most primitive stem
is called the simple stem.
4.
^/AcXXcv, iv. 47, tjxeXXfi', vi. 71. rj^ivvam, ix. 33, cSwVaTO, xi.
37. e/?ovXcTO, Acts XV. 37, iftovXrjd-qv, 2 John 12.
5. SeStoKCKrav, xi. 57, TrtTroiT/Kcicrav, Mark xv. 7, 7r£7ri(rTcuKCt(rav,
Acts xiv. 23.
6. dyaTrao), rjyairria-iv,
iii. 16. cyeipci, V. 21, iqyupiv, xii. 1.
7.
KardyvvfJii, 1 aor. Karta^ar, xix. 32, 33. dvoiyw, 1 aor. dv€wia,
ix. 14, also rjveio^fv (WH), ix. 17, 32. taw, 1 aor. eiao-a. Matt.
Xxiv. 43. exo), impf. €t;(or.
THE AUGMENT. 443
into r/,
and t, o, v become i, w, v, while the diphthongs lengthen
their ^rs^ vowel.
7. A few verbs beginning with a vowel take the .•syllabic aug-
ment. Tliis with c is contracted into ci.
Verbs beginning with tw have sometimes tv and at times r/v.
8.
75. Reduplication.
1. XvM, Ac-AuKa, ypdffxa, y4-ypa<fia. Oeiio/iai, perf. reOeafxai, i. 32.
all voices.
future passive.
9. The second passive system, including the second aorist and
Notes.
GENERAL VIEW OF PRESENT STEM. 447
1. Verbs
448 ETYMOLOGY.
uavfiia.?)- crwo- C.
ayyeA- /^aA-, vii. 44.
dyyt\-L%- ^uA-i^lt-
b. ?t,
and sometimes y,
unitfs witli i to form ^.
1. a. <f)6a- b. dfjiapr- c.
fiaO-, vi. 45. Aa)8-, i. 12.
b. -av
c.
-ayole- with an inserted nasal, if the last vowel of the
added to the stem, but the vowel before (tkw is usually made
long.
a. This class is sometimes called inceptive, because a few
verbs belonging to it have the sense of beginning or
becoming.
h. Several presents have the reduplication,
and often
1. 80K- ya/x-
simple stem.
a. Most verbs in -ew belong to the first class with stem
unchanged.
1. iadiu), ttu-
aipc'd), yivofj.ai, Idoi, ctSov, ilirov, ep;^o/xat, tx*^> opato,
under the preceding classes. The full forms of these verbs will
be given in the Catalogue, of Verbs.
SeiK-i/v/xi,
V. 20. (Tftc-vi^f-iu
So ('fivvfjn, Trriyvviu,
Heb. viii. 2, (t^yvvin, fiiyvv/n.
The Future Stem is the stem of the future acitve and middle,
and isformed by adding -o-''|e- to the simple stem.
1. In vowel stems a short vowel is generally lengthened.
2. In mute stems, a labial {n, (i, (ft) with a forms a palatal ij/ ;
1. Ti/Attoj,
1 aor. act. i-rifirj-aa,
1 aor. mid. i-ri/jirj-crdfiriv } ttoicw,
d(fi-fj-Ka.
The i^iVsi Jori's^ AS^e/w- is the stem of the first aorist active and
middle, and is formed by adding -(ra- to the simple stem.
1. The rules for the future of voivel and mute verbs (§ 89)
have the strong form of the simple stem in the first aorist, as
well as in the future.
The Second Aorist Stem is the stem of the second aorist active
and middle.
1. In the eight classes of verbs in w, the second aorist is
2. In verbs in -/ai the second aorist has for its stem the simple
theme, but the linal vowel of the stem is made long iu the active
before a single consonant.
1. TTLfTTevW, Tre-TTKTTfV-Ka.
2. Kf)u^u), K€-Kfjaya,
i. 15.
3. TTOie'w, Tre-iroirf-KU.
(dii.K\to, fii-jiX-q-Ka.
5. KpiVUi, Kf-Kfil-K€lV ; TTlfTTEVW, TTf-TTtO'Tfl'-KCtl'.
The J^irst Perfect Stem is the stem of the first perfect, and
1. ypdcfiii), y£-ypa(f>-a.
2. ire-irnvO-a TreiOu) Tri-iroiO-a Kpd^n)
TTaa)^(j) {ircvB-), ; (tti^-), ]
The Second Perfect Stem is the stem of the second perfect and
second pluperfect active.
1. The second
perfect is formed by adding -a- to the redupli-
cated simple stem.
2. An € in the simple stem becomes o, and lengthens other
1.
ypd(ft(D, (y€-ypa<^-/xai) yeypafifiat ; Tria-Tev-u), ire-Tria-Te-v-fiai.
2. TreiOd), ttoicw,
(Tre-TreiO-afJiai), TrtTr€i(Tp.ai ; rifidui, t£-ti/x?j-/a£vo? ;
Trc-7roi7j-fjLeuo<;,
ofiai.
The First Passive Stem is the stem of the first aorist ami first
future passive.
1. of the first aorist is formed by adding -Be- to the
The stem
simple stem, which becomes -dr}- before a single consonant.
2. The same changes, in general, occur in the simple stem, as
3. <\nuv<ii, (l>av-ii(T-i)p.(u.
The Second Passive Stem is the stem of the second aorist and
seen ml future pas^ivf.
1. 'I\» form this .stciii -«- is added to tbi' theme, which becomes
-If-
before a single ((insonant.
2. In the second aorist, an c ot tbe stem becomes a.
3. The second future passive iidils ,t to the stem of the second
aorist passive.
456 ETYMOLOGY.
b. Present —
Suhjicnctive. Xv-iniiev, Xv-rp-e.
First Aorist Suhj. — A.i;o--ai/xEv, A.iJcr-7jTc.
appears as o before /x
or v, otherwise as e.
in the
b. The subjunctive puts the long variable vowel -"|,-
place of the final vowel of the tense-suffix, or adds it to
the tense-stem.
c. In the optative the mood-suffix -(-, or -ly)-, is added to the
variable vowel of the tense-stem of the indicative (but
-/Ai
inflection.
USE OP THE ENDINGS. 457
1. Active.
Sluf/. 1. -fii
2.
458
THE INFINITIVE ENDINGS. 459
2. Present.
460 ETYMOLOGY.
1.
2.
INFLECTION OF THE PRESENT ACTIVE. 461
2. Act.
462 ETYMOLOGY.
PariJ.
Note. As a general rule, the accent stands as far as possible from the
end of the word (recessive accent, §17, note .3): on the penult, when the
ultima is long by nature ; otherwise, on the antepenult.
Inflection,
464
SYNOPSIS OF THE PERFECT. 465
Subj. Mid. & Pass. Opt. Mid. & Pass. Imp. Mid. & Pass.
S. 1. XtXv-fJiivo<; ui
el-qv
^. 1. AcAu-/[X€Voi W/XCf
— eirjufv or ci/xcv
2. AeAv-zxcVoi ^TC
— eiT^TC or ClTf AeAt«r^€
3. XiXv-fJL€VOL W(Tl — €ir]aav or eici/ AtAu-c^orrai/
or XiXvtrOwv
instead of -uv.
'.i. The other inood.s in the active are inflected like the forms
in the prestait.
(§ 122. 16).
30
466 ETYMOLOGY.
2. cAeAu-KCis eAc'Au-cro
3. cAeAv-KCi cAeAu-TO
P. 1. eAeAu-Kci/xtv iXcXv-fxcOa
2. cAcAv-KciTt eAe'Aw-o-^c
XiTT-eiv XiTT-ia-Oai
Inf.
Part. XiTT-wv Xnr-6fievo<;
Some verbs have tenses known as the second aorist, the second
perfect, and the second pluperfect. (For eAiTroi/ see § 124, 129.)
1. The inflection of the 2 aor. in the act. ind. is like the im-
middle.
SYNOPSIS OF 2 AOR. AND 2 FUT. PASS. 467
Active.
'
CONTRACT VERBS. 469
Pres. Opt.
Active Voice.
SYNOPTICAL TABLE OF VERBS IN w. 471
Middle Voice.
472 ETYMOLOGY.
Passive Voicb.^
VERliS IN iJ-i. 473
ip)(6fi€yo<i,
1.
15, rjhOtv, i. 7 5 (fyeptre, i^veyKav,
ii. 8.
i
forms are taken fnini different roots. All such verbs will be
(§87,08).
2. Verbs an- cithir inllcrti'd according fn fbe (» furni, or mc-
ive, 1
perw. sing, ends in //'.
4. The peculiar inflection of verl>s in pi affects oidy tin (eiise.s
forirn<l from the resent jiri'l 2 -.u^r. stems, and in .1 few verhs,
j.
Active.
Present Indicative.
S.I.
476 ETYMOLOGY.
Present Imperative.
s.
INFLECTION OF VERBS IN /At. 4hrrT
Present Indicative.
SI.
478 ETYMOLOGY.
Present Imperative.
TiOoV
i(rTacr6'a) Si8oo"^(o htiKVVudia
KTTaaae
Oi 8iSo(r^€
S.l.
SYNOPSIS 0F» VERBS IN /it. 479
I. With Reduplication.
1. TiOrjfjLi (^e-), put. dva-, Trpoa-ava-, d/ro-, 8(u-, uvTi-Sia-, ck-,
fTTi-, (Tur-fTri-, Kara-, aw Kara-, /lera-, irapa-, Trcpi-, Trpo-, irpocr-, aw-,
iTroTiOrifii (17). (See § 120.)
2. (-tVj/xi []c-] send.) di'-, d<^-, Ka^-, Trap-, crw-irjfiL (5).
b. Themes in -i-.
14. (-(tfj-i [i-], yo.). dir-, eitr- i^-, ctt-, (rvv-eLfii (5).
loirjf or loifu
etfU
V
reg.
482 ETYMOLOGY.
c. Themes in -a--.
3.
iK-TreTavvv/JLi (^vera-), expand.
1 aor. t$eireTa(Ta, Horn. x. 21.
b. Themes in -c-.
rrpaTOi'icrnixai.
c. Themes in -o>-.
-ffrT/noOiju.
11. ^KiKwiLi (^(iK ), shoUK Ill/a-, uvd-, €1-, (Vi-, vTr(>-?)(iKvvfii (H)
(S<:c § 120.)
1.'}. I(ts<'.
(/TT-'jAXij/it ('lA-), distniif, irvv-airoWvpt.
Fut. (IttoAcVo) aiitl uTToAo). 1 ;i(tr. rl7r«i)A*(Ta. 2 pfpf. j>art.
«7roA<»A(i»<;. Mill. pros. fiTroAAu/ini fut. 2 .aor.
; fiTroAor/iai j
aTTOjAo/xr^i'.
484 ETYMOLOGY.
15. IT
(rray-)., fasten, fix.
t'lyvvfjii Trpoa-Trr'jyvvfiL.
1 aor. hriqt,a.
IC).
f),'iyvvfj.i (t>ay-), rend, break. 8ia-, -n-epi-, irpoa-pT^yvifiL (3).
Fut. pr/^o).
1 aor. tpprj^a ; Trpoa-ip-q^a.
1.
dyyeXXtx) (IV.), announce. av-, «7r-, 8i-, i^-, iir-, Trpo-€ir-, kut-,
i.c,-, eTT-, KdT-, /ifT-, Trap-, Trtpi-, tt/jo-, irpoa-, aw-, (Tri-avv-, vTr-dyw
(18).
Imperf. 'yyoi/; fut. a$o) ;
1 aor. y^a ;
2 aor. ^yaym', inf. dya-
yeli'.
Pass. pres. dynfiat ; imperf. yyop-qv ;
1 aor. yxO^jv ;
1 fut. d)^Or'janfiai.
4. arp€(i), -(?)
(VIII.), take, mid. choose. Av-, u(f)-, St-, e^-, »ca^-,
fut. <upqaop.aL ;
2 aor. ttX('ifjL)ji'
and elXdfirjv.
IRREGULAK VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 485
6. aifjM ( IV.), b'ft up, raise. air-, i^-, in-, /ACT-, (TVV-, VTTtp-
atpii) (6).
Flit. 1 aor. imp, iuf. apai ; perf.
dfiCu ; juja ; apov ; rjpKu.
Pass. 1 aor. rjpOrjy ; perf. 7/^j/xai ;
1 fut. dpOrjaopui.
7. atT£w, -cij
(I.), ask. (ITT-, i^-, iir-, Trap-(^-fiai) , Trpotr-uiTeo) (
')).
Fut. aiTr'nTij) ;
1 aor. j/rr/tru ; perf. rirrjKu. Mid. pres. ahovfiai ;
iniperf. t/toi'/at/i/ ;
fut. airr/tro/xut ;
1 aor. rJTTiirdp.rjv.
8. aKoiw (I.), hear, hi-, ela-, eV-, 7ra/i-, vrpo-, vn-aKovw (6).
Imperf. ^kouoi' ;
fut. aKouo-o/iai and cIkovo-w ;
1 aor. t^kovctu j
Imperf. r]W<'>fiijv ;
aor. rjKd/irjv and r]\6p.r]v.
Fut. dcfu'^oi ;
1 aor. i^coi^a aud di't'io^d, ix. 14, also rjiiw^n, ix.
17, 32 ;
ii
J)(?rf. dccwya. I'aSH. 1 at»r.
dytw^Oyji', »)i'€<j»y'y»;i',
and yjvoi^^Orjy ;
2 aor. ijvoiyrjv ;
1 fut.
dt'oi^fhiini/iiii -^
2 flit.
Fut. (ATToKTei/oj ;
1 aor. airiKTuva. Pass. pres. inf. diroKrivvt-
17. aTTTio (111.), faste)l, mid. touch, dv-, KaO-, Trepi-diTTw (3).
1 aoi". rjxl/a.
Mid. imperf. yTTTOfxrjv ;
1 aor. rjij/ufLriv.
Pass.
1 aor. T](fi67]v.
Imperf. {jpvovfjirjv ;
1 aor. ypvyjcrd/xriv ; perf. rjpvrjfiai. Pass.
1 fut. -apvridrjcrofJiai.
ripndyrjv j
2 fut. dpTrayycrofxai.
Trpo-UTT-ap^to (4).
Imperf. ^px"'''
Mid. pres. dp^^ofxai; fut. dp^ofxat', 1 aor.
2 aor. affjiKofjLYjv.
28. /3d\\w (IV.), throw. u/u.<^i-, ui'a-, avn-, diro-, 8ta-, eV-, ifx-,
TTUfj-ffX-, CTTl-, KttTU-, /i,€TU-, TTUfja-, TTipl , TTpO-f (TVfl-, VTTtft-, Vn(J-l3u.W(Ji
(17).
^
Fut. /5uAw ; pluperf. -fSffiXyjKttv
perf. fte/SXrjKu ; ;
2 aor. efta-
\(n' (3 pers. plur. IjiaXov in Luke xxiii. 34 ;
once t/iaXdv
in Acts xvi. 37). Mid. 2 aor. -tfSaXofj.rjv. Pass. 1 aor.
29. ftaTTTi^u) (IV.), baptize (wash, Mark vii, 4 ; Luke xi. 38).
Inipcrf. fftd-TTTLCov ;
fut. /iaTrruroj ;
1 aor. ifSdima-a. Mid. 1
aor. ifSaimadfirjv. Pass, imperf. i/SaTTTiCdf/.tjv ; perf. part.
/ScySaTTTtcr/xeVos ;
1 aor. i(SairTi<T6r)v J
1 f ut. fSanTurOrjirDfjiai..
35. /;^(.r;(r),
-.',. ( I ), ///•«.
Fut. /iA.i'i//f,. ;
I -inr. «ft\aij/n.
488 ETYMOLOGY.
27 ;
1 aor. ifiXda-T-qa-a.
38. /?Ac7rw (I.), see. dva-, d-rro-, 8ia-, ifi-, ivi-, irepi-, Trpo-^AcVw (7).
Imperf .
«/3Ac7rov ;
fut. jSKiipw ;
1 aor. e/^Aci/^a.
1 aor. iyrjpaaa.
wpo-yivofxat (6).
Fut. yevi]aofxai ;
2 aor. eyer'd/xt^v. Pass. 1 aor. iyivrfiyjv ; perf.
ytyei^rjfxai
and ye'yova ; pluperf 3 .
pers. sing. c'yeyovei, vi. 17.
45. ytiojcTKw (VI.), know, dva-, 8ia-, iiTL-, Kara-, Trpo-yivojo-Kw (5).
Imperf. tyiVwo-Kov ;
fut. yvwo-o/Aoi ;
2 aor. eyvwv, subj. yvw (3
pers. sing, yrot for yiw, Mark v. 43, ix. 30 ;
Luke xix. 15),
4(>. ypu</)w (I.), write. aTro-, cy-, c'tti-, Kara-, Trpo-ypd<f)w (5).
eV-eycypaTTTO.
IRKEGULAK VEKliS OCCURRING IX N. T. 489
47. SeiKVvo) and Scikiv^i (-X-)' (^^^ § 123, 11), show, dva-, aTro-,
i6er]0r]V.
50. S4)^()[ji.ai (I.), take, receive, di'a-, (Itto-, 8ta-, tto--, £k-, aTr-CK-,
Fut. rtr/rrw; 1 aor. tSj^o-a ; perf. part. StScKok, Acts xxii. 29.
Imporf. hirjKovovv ;
fut. SiuKoi'i/froi ;
1 aor. ^trjKovrja-a. Pass,
€Oiod;(6'»;i'.
54. 6iOcjfi.i (IX.), (/twe. u^a.-, oltto-, avT-aTTO-, Sia-, £«-, eVi-, fitra-,
irafta-, npo-^ifxniii
See 122, 3.
(*').
.'5
piTs. |)liir. <Sc8(.')Kci<rai', xi. 57. I'asH. perf. 8to«/zai ;
I
aor. fOnOip' ;
1 fut. ?)<>()Tf<r<>ii.ai.
490 ETYMOLOGY.
Iniperf. cSokouv ;
1 aor. eSo^a, cuSoKr/cra, and rjvdoKrjcra.
Imperf. €to)i' ;
fut. eao-w ;
1 aor. eiaa-a.
Imjjerf. r^yyt^nv ;
fut. eyyi'o-oj (lyyvui T Tr in James iv. 8) ;
1
1 aor, r)y€p6r]v ;
1 fut. iy^pOijaofxai.
I. 2 aor. etSoi/, see. dtr-, in-, irpo-, (tvv-, virep-eiSov (5). Also
€i8a, Rev. xvii. 3, T Tr ; d8up.€v, Acts iv. 20, etc. ;
3 pers.
plur. £i8ai', i.
39, etc. Also t8oi/, T in xix. 6, etc. Subj. i'8oj
;
imp. ;!8e,
2 pers. plur. i8cTe; inf. l?)uv ; part. iSo'yv.
II. 2 perf. <Hi)a, know, ol8a<;, xxi. 15, ot8€(i'), oiSafXtv, ot8aT£
Heb. viii. 11. The perf. has the signif. of a pres., the
pluperf. of an imperfect.
IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 491
Subj. ciTroj ; opt. eiTToifiL imp. ctTre ; inf. ciTreii/ ; part, eittom'.
;
aor. ;
fut. tpoj (from Epic pres. tifiwi) ; perf. dprjKa (from
pew), 3 per.s. j)hir. ei^ryKao-ti/, Acts xvii. 28, and etprjHav,
Kev. xix. 3, inf. dpr^Kivai, Ileb. x. 15. Pa.ss. perf. 3 pers.
sing, dprjraif part, upr^fxivov pluperf. (.ijnjKf.iv 1 aor. ippi- ; ;
Iinperf. e^eVcu'oi' ;
fut. eVrei/oJ j
1 aor. i^iruva.
70. (K-TptTTo) (I-), ^wm aside. cV-, eTrt-TpcVw (2).
VTrtp-eK-;^?'!"*).
Pres. imp. plur. iK\Urf., Kev. xvi. 1, wliich some would have
2 aor. imperf. 3 per.s. sing, avii^wcv or awixy^'vtv, Acts
;
Acts ii. 17 ;
1 anr. ($(xca, 3 pers. sing, cut'x*'' '"f- «'*^X*'*''
tKYwr/iropai.
72. cXarwi) (V.), (Irirr. air-, (Tvv-<.\a\'<ro) (2).
imj)erf. i^Xavvxpyp'.
73. cAf'yx'" (I-)) ''onrirt. i^-, Sia-K(iT-(-/x(u) (2).
Fut. fXtyv'ii ;
1 .KT. inf. c\ty(ui, imj». cAey^oi'. Pass, jtres.
tAKvcTH', XX i. ).
492 ETYMOLOGY.
Imperf. r/A7rt^or ;
Attic fut. e'ATrioi, Matt. xii. 21; 1 aor. ^A-
TTLfTa ; perf. yXmKa.
76. eV-Te'AAw (IV.), order. Deponent mid.
Pres. cvTeAAo/Aut ;
fut. ci/TcAofjyutat ;
1 aor. cvcreiAa/xT^i' ; perf.
3 pars. sing. eVTCTaArai, Acts xiii. 47.
78. €p)(op.ai (VIII.), come. dv-, iTr-av, otTr-, 8i-, ttcr-, cTr-eicr-,
TTttp-cicr-, (Tuv-eKr-, ei-, ^t-e^"? t^") xar-, nap-, avTi-nap-, ntpi-, irpo-,
npocr-, <rvi'-ip^ofxai (18).
Pres. imp. f.pxov, ip^^ca-Oe ; imperf. Yip^ofirjv ;
fut. iXeva-ofiai ;
Imperf. ^cr^iov ;
2 aor. £</>ayoi' ;
fut. ^dyofiai.
OOKt'w).
1 aor. evSoKT^cra and r^vhoKiqaa, 1 Cor. X. 5, etc.
y^Kn.
IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 493
tS6.
ev0p;.iVoj (IV.), pass, rejoice.
Pass. pres. ivfjipaiyofiai , imperf. €v(^patvo/x7;v 1 aor. ev<f}pdv- ;
Imperf. ijvx<'>py\'
and er;(o/u,7/v.
]Mid. 1 aor. opt. eviaifxrjv, Acts
XX vi. 29, but T has d'^dfj.qv (ind.).
89. f.)(i» (I.), have, dv-, Trpoa-av-, dm-, dir-, iv-, tV-, Kar-, fitr-,
22, 24 ;
2 aor. Itr^ov ; perf. la^\r]Kii.
((,r]<ra.
'.'L ^T/Tc'<»,
-iTj
(I), .s';c/(/'.
dia-, tK-, tVi-, itu-^t/tcw (4).
Imperf. .3
yurs. sing. (.(.i)tii, plur. t^j/rout' ;
fut. t^ifTijiTM ;
1 aor.
it,ilTi}(Tii.
I'a.sH.
prcH. Oirovfini.; imperf. 3 pers. sing, i^rf-
92. I'lytofxai, -oZ'ixai (I.), lead. Si-, cV-St-, «^-, irpo-rjyloixai (4).
Fut. -rjyi'funfiai \ iuipcrf. ijyiix'iLrfv \
1 a<;r.
jiyrjiTdfirfv ; porf.
494 ETYMOLOGY.
Imperf. ^O^Xov ;
fut. OeXrjaw ;
1 aor. i^Oikr^cra.
Perf. rWvrjKa, inf. Ti6vdvai and TeOvrjKtvai, Acts xiv. 19, part.
T€Ovr]Kw<; j
2 aor. uTre^avov ;
fut. d7ry6*ai/oi}/i*ai, viii. 21, 24.
]iart. T€Ovfitvos ;
1 aor. irvOtjv.
Imperf. io)fir)v ;
fut. Ida-ofiai ;
1 aor. mid. iarrd/irjv ;
1 aor.
108. KaOL^w (IV.), set, sit down, dva-, eVt-, napa-, irepi-, crvy-
KaOi'Qiii (5).
Fut. Kaduno ;
1 aor. iKaOiaa ; perf KiKaOiKa.
.
Kurju ;
1 aur. -iKuvOrji' ;
1 fut. KaraKuvdy^aop-ai ;
2 fut. KttTa-
Karjtrop.aL,
111. KiiT-rixiio,
-'<>
(I.), instruct.
1 aor. KaT?/;^Tyo-u.
Puss pros. KaTrf)(ovp.ai ; perf. KaTT^xrjpai )
1 aor. KHTr]^r'j6r]v.
Fut. K(pdy'i(r«i,
JaTiK'S iv. l.'i ;
1 aor. iKepFirjrra, subj. xep^ai'w
(1 Cor. ix. 21 ;
but Wll fut. Kipbavw). Pass. 1 fut. Kiphrf
Oryrofxai.
iKit'TjOrji'.
114. kA(u'(ii
(IV.), werp.
Iinpfif. cKAutui ;
fut. KAar<r(,i, .lobii xvi. 20, etc.; 1 aor.
€KA(ii'(r(z.
iKXidrjv.
119. KOTTTw (III.), cut. dva-, aTTO-, EK-, e'v-, Kara-, Trpo-, irpoa-
KOTTTW (7).
yu,at
1 aor. iKoil/dfXTjv.
j
121. KpiVai {IV.), judge, dva-, diro-, dvT-airo-{fJiai) , 8ia-, cv-, tin-,
1 fut. Kpidrforopai.
Kpvp.fJi€vos ;
2 aor. iKpvfirjv.
2 aor. lAa^ov.
124. AaAco), -w (I.) speak. 8ia-, «-, Kara-, TTpocr-, cruX-AaXeoj (5).
,
XtXdkrjfjiai ;
1 aor. iXaXyOrfv ;
1 fut. XaXrjOyjaofiai.
/Sdvo> (14).
Imperf. iXdfjifSai'ov ;
fut. Xi)ix\\iop.aL ;
2 aor. tAa/Sov, imp. Ad^t ;
perf (.lXr}({>a,
2 pers. (.lXr]<lia^
and iiXr](f)t^, Rev. xi. 17 WH,
IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 497
4 kut-
perf 3
viii. part,
<ft67}v ;
.
pers. sing. KUT-tiAT/Trrai, ;
iiXrjixfjievus.
128. Ac'yo; (I.), speak. di'TL-, 8iu-(-/xtti), ek-, eVt-, Kara-, irapa-
129. AtiVw (II.), leave, diro-, 8ia-, ck-, int-, Kara-, iv-Kara-, -Jrepi-,
xrwo-XuTTM (8).
2 aor. -cAittoi/.
Imperf. -t'ActTrov fut. -Att'i/zoj; 1 aor. -tXaipa
; ;
(4).
1 aor. Pass. 1 aor. tAoyi-
Imperf. cAf^yt^ri/xT/i/ ; eAoytcra/xr/i'.
(T6'r;i' ;
1 fut. XoyiaOr'iaiifJ-aL.
1.'»2. Ai'i.) (I.), loosen. <im-, uTrrj-, Sia-, in-, Ittl-, kutu-, ttu/ju-Aiw
(7). K<gul;ir.
138. fJi€V(D (I.), remain, ava-, 8ia-, iv-, iin-, Kara-, Trapa-, avv-
Imperf. lp.ivov ;
fut. p.i}M ;
1 aor. €/xtiva ; perf. -fjLf/xivrjKa ;
141. I'ucro-a)
(IV.), fierce. Kara-i/uVo-to.
144. otKc'w (I.), dwell, i7lhabit. iv-, Kar-, iv-Kar-, nap-, vepL-,
(rvv-oiK€<D (6).
r ut. oiKrjtro) |
1 aor. -(oKrjrra.
Imperf. wKoSdp.oui' ;
fut. otKo8op,T;froj ;
1 aor. wKo86fjLrjrra (also
otK-, Acts vii. 47). Pass. perf. inf. olKnhop.rjcrOai, Luke vi.
6)u,oiw^7;(ro/Aai.
IRREGULAR VERBS OCCURRING IN N. T. 499
(upoS/ijjv
and irpo-upwfjiyjv. Pass. 1 aor. ux^drju fut. o^urj- ;
(TOfiai.
148. Trapapp€(j) {\\.^ , flow poSt.
Pass. 2 aor. subj. irapupywixev.
149. 7rd(r)((D (VI.), suffer, trpo-, crv/u,-7racrxw (2).
2 aor. iiradov ; perf. irlirovOa.
150. Traracrcrcj (IV.), strike.
Fut. Traravw ;
1 aor. cTrdra^a.
151. TTttTCO), -to (I.), tread down. Kara-, vepi-, ifM-nepi-iraTew (3)-
F"ut. 7raT?/frw. Pass. pres. part. Traror/Acvo? ;
1 aor. iiraTrjOrjv.
ImjM'rf. tTTitOov ;
fut. ttciVoj ;
1 aor. lirtiaa ;
2 perf. viiroiOa ;
iiript^Or^v.
155. iripi-rifivo) (V,), cirr.uwcise.
2 aor. 7rcpi-rrc//oi'. Pass. p<rf. ]»art. 7r€pi-T€T/XT7//,cVo? ;
1 .aor.
7rf/'(i-tT/xr/6'T;i'.
Kut. TTLKfKivut ;
1 aor. irup-fTriKpavii.. Pass. 1 aor. ctriKpdudrji'.
Imperf. fTrii-oi' ;
fut. kIoihu ; p<rf.
''»
piTH. sinR. TreVwKf ami
some plur. TrcVjoxai', Kev. xviii. 3; 2 aor. tTrioc, imp. ttic,
fxevo'i ;
1 aor. iTrpdOrjv.
159. TTLTTTU) (I.), Jull. dva-, dvTi-, aTTo-, €/c-, iv, int-f Kara-,
jrapa-, vepL-, Trpotr-, crvfi-irtTTTw (11).
Imperf. ^imrTOv ;
fut. ireaov/jLai ;
2 aor. hrtaov and cTrecra ;
161. -rrXeo)
(II.), Sail. dtro; 8ta-, Ik-, Kara-, Trapa-, viro-irXew (6).
Imperf. -inXtov ;
1 aor. -tVAeucru, inf. -TrAeDcrai.
7rAr;po(o (5).
Imperf. eirXwov ;
1 aor. eVAui/a.
TvolTjcrop.aL ',
1 aor. iTroirjcrdfirjv.
imrpayfievoi;.
Imperf. tTruvOavopi-qv ;
2 aor. iTrvOojxrjv.
(T pcpav-, WH pepav-)-
IpvtrBqv, 2 Tim.
iv. 17.
Fut. aiiau) ;
1 aor. -ia-eiaa. Pass. 1 aor. ia-ua-drjv.
Imperf. an'ifiaivov :,
1 aor. icrr'ifiava.
177. fnrdij), -ui (T.), draw. rlva-, (Itto-, 8ia-, eTTi-, 7rfpi-o-7r(i<i) (5).
Fut. -frrcA.!?) ;
1 aor. -firrftAd ;
perf. -orTaAKd. .'i
pers. pliir.
181. a-Tpiffnii (1), turn, ttva-, ttTTo-, 8ta-, ck-, ctti-, Kara-, /xera-,
-eaTpap.p.evo<; ;
2 aor. iarpdfftrjv.
e<T(fiayix€vo<; ;
2 aor. kacfidyrjv.
186. TcAt'co, -uj (1.), finish. avro-, Ota-, CK-, eVi-, crvv-TcAew (5).
Fut. -TfAeo-w ;
1 aor. tTtXcaa ; perf. reTfXeKa. 2 Tim. iv. 7.
TeTtkeafiaL ;
1 aor. iTeXeaOqr ;
1 fut. TeXco-^ryo-o/iai.
188. T-qpcoij
-w (I.), A:eep, observe. Sia-, irapa-, (Tvv-Tfjpeui (3).
1 aor. iTu\fi.i](Ta.
192. Tf)t^w (VIII.), J'WJi. etff-, Kara-, irtpi-, npo-, Trpoa-, aw-,
iiTL-avv-, iTr(j-Tp(\w (8).
(TW-Tvy^dvii) (6).
2 aor. £Ti;;(oi' ; perf. TeT£v;^a or riTv^a, Heb. viii. G,
possibly
also TCTiJ^TjKa.
19.'>.
(fiei^opai (II.), spare, abstain.
Fut. <f>ti(T<}p(ii ;
1 aor. i<fi(uraniiy.
19G. (^cpG> (VIII.), carry, bear, uj/a-, utto-, Sia-, ctcr-, Trap-eia-,
CK-, tVt-, Kara-, irapa-, "rrtpi-, irpit-, irpoa-, rrvi>-, vTro-(f)ipw (14).
Imperf. 'if^tpov ;
fut. oirro), xxi. 18; 1 aor. 'iviyHn, part, ci'c'y-
Kns ;
2 aor.
-r'jViyKov,
inf. eVtyKcrj/, Matt. vii. 18. Pass,
i(fi(!}TL(Ta.
Pass. perf. part, -mf^unia-p^ivo^ ;
1 aor. iffnnriadriv.
Imperf. txaipnv ;
fut. ^ap^^o-o/xai, xvi. 20, 22. Pass. 2 aor. ixa-
pi(rdfiy]v.
Pass. 1 aor. e^upicr6'7ji' ;
fut. xP'pKTOrjaop.aL.
VI. PREPOSITIONS.
rt.
KarcAa^cv, i. 5 ; iraptXajinv, i. 11 ; aTrt'o-TeiXav, i. 19.
2.
from.
3. f\-,c'f, /rom,
ow^ of (interior). In comp., out of
4. TTpu, before (time
and place). In comp., before.
THE USE OF PREPOSITIONS. 505
again.
2. €t?, into, to. In comp., into.
3.
a/xa, together with. Matt. xiii. 29. /xcVov, in the midst of, Phil. ii. 15
aviv, without (3 times). /xera^', between.
VII. ADVERBS.
126. The Formation of Adverbs.
from childhood, Mark ix. 21 ; ire'pvo-i (-o-t for -^t), last year, 2 Cor.
A'iii. 10, ix. 2 ; ivOd-hf, here, hither.
4. Si'?,
twice y rpt?, thrice ; iTrra/cis, seven times ; ttoXXuki?,
and -8c.
.'). Some adverbs arc formed (n) tniru verbs, others [/>)
from
prepositions.
T). Other forms of adverbs with vari«)us terminations will be
leiirned l>y prat^tice.
found in the N. T.
3. The indefinite adverbs are all enclitic.
ixtj,
not ; by no means ; firjStiroTe, never ; fj.rjSiiro), not
fjir)<)iLixo)<;,
Copulative.
610 ETYMOLOGY.
NEGATIVE. NEOATIVE.
oKiTf. . . .
ovT€, neither . nor. oi8i . . .
ovSe, not even . . . nor yet.
firjTi . . .
fjiT]T(,
neither . nor. fxrjSe . . .
f^rj^^, not even . . . nor yet.
Adversative. Inferential.
b.
Conjunctions connecting a sitbordinate with the principal
sentence :
Conditional. Temporal.
d, if eVet, when.
ciye, if at least. cTTttSr/, when now, Luke vii. 1.
apa, €1 £t TTOTC/ioi/ . . .
r;
M
6. The Interjections.
2. This is not the place to discuss in full tlie use and jiower
of the particles in a sentence; so we will simply classify tlimi
and indicate their general iiieaiiing.
'Wxki^Ki yartlcles may he divided into (1) Ccmjunctive ])artioles,
(i.
Interjections an' ;^cn(r:illy Inil llic> I
r.in-iTipt of a natural
instinctiv*; .sound, and c.in scar< <Iy l>r rankcij n--
Kelonging to
>
l'oHt(Mi.sitiv<; Hinl
tnclitic.
^
I'iMtiMi.sitivc, (.<. iilwiiyx I'lit
.iftiT oiiu nr irmn wonl; in :i si'iitimr.
512 ETYMOLOGY.
rimitive.
FORMATION OF NOUNS. 513
2.
]U ETYMOLOGY.
-aw
516 ETYMOLOGY.
is to o to w).
adjective generally lengthened (a, c, ?; ;
leading significance.
518 ETYMOLOGY.
1.
x€Lpo-7roir]To<;, made with hands KaKo-Troid?, doer of evil ;
'A(3a88uiv
NEW TESTAMENT PROPER NAMES. 519
From Latin :
520 ETYMOLOGY.
UNIVERSITY OF CAUI
AT .
LOS ANGELES
r.TRR APV
3 1158 00187
8502
^ i;:
l]l_ ,'_:H,u.'
UITY
'^'
'••
\
u